EP3757130A1 - Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques - Google Patents

Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP3757130A1
EP3757130A1 EP20174880.3A EP20174880A EP3757130A1 EP 3757130 A1 EP3757130 A1 EP 3757130A1 EP 20174880 A EP20174880 A EP 20174880A EP 3757130 A1 EP3757130 A1 EP 3757130A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
tim
cell
antibody
agent
lymphoma
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP20174880.3A
Other languages
German (de)
English (en)
Inventor
Bryon Duane JOHNSON
Robert MILLMAN
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
COSTIM PHARMACEUTICALS Inc
Medical College of Wisconsin
Costim Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
COSTIM PHARMACEUTICALS Inc
Medical College of Wisconsin
Costim Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by COSTIM PHARMACEUTICALS Inc, Medical College of Wisconsin, Costim Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical COSTIM PHARMACEUTICALS Inc
Publication of EP3757130A1 publication Critical patent/EP3757130A1/fr
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K16/2827—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against B7 molecules, e.g. CD80, CD86
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/39558—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against tumor tissues, cells, antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6849—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04—Organic compounds
    • A61K51/08—Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
    • A61K51/10—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody
    • A61K51/1093—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody conjugates with carriers being antibodies
    • A61K51/1096—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody conjugates with carriers being antibodies radioimmunotoxins, i.e. conjugates being structurally as defined in A61K51/1093, and including a radioactive nucleus for use in radiotherapeutic applications
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/10—X-ray therapy; Gamma-ray therapy; Particle-irradiation therapy
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K16/2818—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against CD28 or CD152
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A61K2039/507—Comprising a combination of two or more separate antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/54—F(ab')2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622—Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/626—Diabody or triabody
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding

Definitions

  • Hematologic malignancies encompass cancers affecting blood, bone marrow, and lymph nodes and are particularly affected by modulation of the immune system since immune system cells are derived from hematologic lineages.
  • hematologic cancers have traditionally been treated with conventional drug therapies, such as alkylating and other DNA damaging compounds, it is increasingly becoming recognized that immune checkpoint regulators play critical roles in determining whether hematologic cancer cells are tolerated or attacked by the immune system ( Wu et al. (2012) Int. J. Biol. Sci. 8:1420-1430 ; Nirschl and Drake (2013) Clin. Cancer Res., electronically published July 18 ; Ceeraz et al. (2013) Trends Immunol., electronically published August 13 ).
  • immune checkpoint regulators such as CTLA-4, PD-1, VISTA, B7-H2, B7-H3, PD-L1, B7-H4, B7-H6, 2B4, ICOS, HVEM, PD-L2, CD160, gp49B, PIR-B, KIR family receptors, TIM-1, TIM-3, TIM-4, LAG-3, BTLA, SIRPalpha (CD47), CD48, 2B4 (CD244), B7.1, B7.2, ILT-2, ILT-4, TIGIT, LAG-3, BTLA, A2aR and many more, negatively regulate immune response progression based on complex and combinatorial interactions between numerous inputs.
  • the present invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery that inhibiting or blocking Programmed Death 1 (PD-1) or Programmed Death-1 Ligand (PD-L1) in combination with inhibition of an immune checkpoint inhibitor (e.g., one or more of TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4) results in a synergistic therapeutic benefit for treating a hematologic cancer, e.g., a myeloma.
  • an immune checkpoint inhibitor e.g., one or more of TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4
  • the invention features a method of treating a subject afflicted with a hematologic cancer comprising administering to the subject an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1, and an inhibitor of an immune checkpoint regulator (e.g ., an inhibitor of one or more of TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4).
  • an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 is administered in combination with an inhibitor of TIM-3.
  • an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 is administered in combination with an inhibitor of LAG-3.
  • an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 is administered in combination with an inhibitor of CTLA-4.
  • Inhibition as described herein can be performed by inhibition at the DNA, RNA or protein level.
  • an inhibitory nucleic acid e.g., a dsRNA, siRNA or shRNA
  • the inhibitor is a polypeptide, e.g ., a soluble ligand, or an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, that binds to PD-1 or PD-L1, or other immune checkpoint regulator. Examples of each of the aforesaid inhibitors are provided in more detail below.
  • the term "inhibition” or “inhibitor” includes a reduction in a certain parameter, e.g., an activity, of a given molecule, e.g., an immune checkpoint regulator.
  • inhibition of an activity e.g ., a PD-1 activity
  • inhibition of inhibition need not be 100%.
  • Activities for the immune checkpoint regulators can be determined as described herein or assays known in the art.
  • the inhibitor is a bispecific or multispecific antibody selective for PD-1 or PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • a combination of inhibitors comprising a first inhibitor that selectively inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and a second inhibitor that selectively inhibits or blocks TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4 is provided.
  • the inhibitor is a soluble ligand, e.g., a soluble ligand of PD-1, PD-L1, TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA-4 ( e.g., a CTLA-4-Ig).
  • the first inhibitor and/or second inhibitor is an antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which specifically binds to PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is murine, chimeric, humanized, composite, or human.
  • the antibody, or antigen fragment thereof is detectably labeled, comprises an effector domain, comprises an Fc domain, and/or is selected from the group consisting of Fv, Fav, F(ab')2), Fab', dsFv, scFv, sc(Fv)2, and diabodies fragments.
  • the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a chemotherapeutic agent, a biologic agent, a toxin, a radioactive isotope, and the like).
  • a cytotoxic agent e.g., a chemotherapeutic agent, a biologic agent, a toxin, a radioactive isotope, and the like.
  • an anti-PD-1 or PD-L1 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof can be administered in combination with an anti-LAG-3 antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • an anti-PD-1 or PD-L1 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is administered in combination with an anti-TIM-3 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • an anti-PD-1 or PD-L1 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is administered in combination with an anti-LAG-3 antibody and an anti-TIM-3 antibody, or antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • an anti-PD-1 or PD-L1 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is administered in combination with an anti-CTLA-4 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof (e.g ., ipilimumab).
  • an anti-CTLA-4 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof e.g ., ipilimumab.
  • Any combination of the aforesaid antibodies can be used in the methods described herein.
  • the combination of antibodies recited herein can be administered separately, e.g ., as separate antibodies, or linked, e.g., as a bispecific or trispecific antibody molecule.
  • a bispecific antibody that includes an anti-PD-1 or PD-L1 antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, and an anti-TIM-3, anti-LAG-3 antibody or anti-CTLA4 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, is administered.
  • the agent comprises an RNA interfering agent which inhibits expression of PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4 (e.g., a small interfering RNA (siRNA), small hairpin RNA (shRNA), or a microRNA (miRNA)).
  • the agent comprises an antisense oligonucleotide complementary to PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • the agent comprises a peptide or peptidomimetic that inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • the agent comprises a small molecule that inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4 (e.g., a small molecule that inhibits a protein-protein interaction between PD-L1 and a PD-L1 receptor and/or TIM-3 and a TIM-3 receptor).
  • the agent comprises an aptamer that inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject a therapeutic agent for treating the hematologic cancer.
  • the method further comprises a step of transient or complete lymphodepletion (e.g., sublethal whole body irradiation used for transient lymphodepletion or lethal whole body irradiation used for complete lymphodepletion).
  • the step of lymphodepletion occurs before, concurrently with, or after the step of agent administration.
  • the hematologic cancer is selected from the group consisting of multiple myeloma, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, small lymphocytic lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, B-cell lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, precursor B-lymphoblastic leukemia/lymphoma, B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, splenic marginal zone B-cell lymphoma (with or without villous lymphocytes), hairy cell leukemia, plasma cell myeloma/plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B-
  • the hematologic cancer is selected from the group consisting of B-cell lymphoma, myeloid leukemia and multiple myeloma or can be multiple myeloma alone.
  • the subject is a mammal, optionally wherein the mammal is a human.
  • kits for treating a subject afflicted with a hematologic cancer comprising an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1, and an inhibitor of an immune checkpoint regulator (e.g., an inhibitor of one or more of TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4), is provided.
  • the inhibitor is a bispecific or multispecific antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, selective for both PD-1 or PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • kits for treating a subject afflicted with a hematologic cancer comprising a first agent that selectively inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and a second agent that selectively inhibits or blocks TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4, is provided.
  • the first agent and/or second agent is an antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, which specifically binds to PD-1 or PD-L1 protein and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4 protein.
  • Any antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, provided in a kit can be murine, chimeric, humanized, composite, or human.
  • the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is detectably labeled, comprises an effector domain, comprises an Fc domain, and/or is selected from the group consisting of Fv, Fav, F(ab')2), Fab', dsFv, scFv, sc(Fv)2, and diabodies fragments.
  • the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a chemotherapeutic agent, a biologic agent, a toxin, and a radioactive isotope).
  • the agent is selected from the group consisting of a) an RNA interfering agent which inhibits expression of PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4, optionally wherein said RNA interfering agent is an small interfering RNA (siRNA), small hairpin RNA (shRNA), or a microRNA (miRNA); b) an antisense oligonucleotide complementary to PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4; c) a peptide or peptidomimetics that inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4; d) a small molecule that inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and/or TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4, optionally wherein said small molecule inhibits a protein-protein interaction between PD-L1 and a PD-L1 receptor and/or other immune check
  • Methods for treating a hematologic cancer, for example, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo in a subject, comprising contacting a cancerous cell or administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one agent that selectively inhibits or blocks PD-1 or PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4.
  • the methods involve a combination of an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 and an inhibitor of an immune checkpoint inhibitor (e.g ., an inhibitor of one or more of TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA4).
  • an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 is administered in combination with an inhibitor of TIM-3.
  • an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 is administered in combination with an inhibitor of LAG-3.
  • an inhibitor of PD-1 or PD-L1 is administered in combination with an inhibitor of CTLA-4.
  • Exemplary inhibitors include a bispecific antibody, multispecific antibody, or combination of individual antibodies that inhibit or block an activity of PD-1 or PD-L1 and another immune checkpoint inhibitor. Such combinations can provide therapeutic benefit for treating hematologic cancers. Such discoveries are especially surprising and unexpected given reports regarding the lack of activities reported for immune checkpoint regulators, such as TIM-3, in human T cell activation (see, for example, Leitner et al. (2013) PLoSPathog. 9:e1003253 ).
  • an element means one element or more than one element.
  • the “amount" of a marker, e.g ., expression or copy number of a marker, or protein level of a marker, in a subject is “significantly” higher or lower than the normal amount of a marker, if the amount of the marker is greater or less, respectively, than the normal level by an amount greater than the standard error of the assay employed to assess amount, and preferably at least twice, and more preferably three, four, five, ten or more times that amount.
  • the amount of the marker in the subject can be considered “significantly” higher or lower than the normal amount if the amount is at least about two, and preferably at least about three, four, or five times, higher or lower, respectively, than the normal amount of the marker.
  • altered level of expression of a marker refers to an expression level or copy number of a marker in a test sample e.g., a sample derived from a subject suffering from cancer, that is greater or less than the standard error of the assay employed to assess expression or copy number, and is preferably at least twice, and more preferably three, four, five or ten or more times the expression level or copy number of the marker or chromosomal region in a control sample (e.g ., sample from a healthy subject not having the associated disease) and preferably, the average expression level or copy number of the marker or chromosomal region in several control samples.
  • a test sample e.g., a sample derived from a subject suffering from cancer
  • a control sample e.g ., sample from a healthy subject not having the associated disease
  • the altered level of expression is greater or less than the standard error of the assay employed to assess expression or copy number, and is preferably at least twice, and more preferably three, four, five or ten or more times the expression level or copy number of the marker in a control sample (e.g ., sample from a healthy subject not having the associated disease) and preferably, the average expression level or copy number of the marker in several control samples.
  • a control sample e.g ., sample from a healthy subject not having the associated disease
  • altered activity of a marker refers to an activity of a marker which is increased or decreased in a disease state, e.g., in a cancer sample, as compared to the activity of the marker in a normal, control sample.
  • Altered activity of a marker may be the result of, for example, altered expression of the marker, altered protein level of the marker, altered structure of the marker, or, e.g., an altered interaction with other proteins involved in the same or different pathway as the marker, or altered interaction with transcriptional activators or inhibitors.
  • antibody broadly encompass naturally-occurring forms of antibodies (e.g . IgG, IgA, IgM, IgE) and recombinant antibodies such as single-chain antibodies, chimeric and humanized antibodies and multi-specific antibodies, as well as fragments and derivatives of all of the foregoing, which fragments and derivatives have at least an antigenic binding site.
  • Antibody derivatives may comprise a protein or chemical moiety conjugated to an antibody.
  • antibody as used herein also includes an "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion”).
  • antigen-binding portion refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g ., polypeptide or fragment thereof of PD-1, PD-L1, LAG-3, CTLA-4 and/or TIM-3). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody.
  • binding fragments encompassed within the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab') 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment ( Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546 ), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR).
  • a Fab fragment a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains
  • a F(ab') 2 fragment a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by
  • the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent polypeptides (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426 ; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883 ; and Osbourn et al. 1998, Nature Biotechnology 16: 778 ).
  • scFv single chain Fv
  • Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody.
  • Any VH and VL sequences of specific scFv can be linked to human immunoglobulin constant region cDNA or genomic sequences, in order to generate expression vectors encoding complete IgG polypeptides or other isotypes.
  • VH and VL can also be used in the generation of Fab, Fv or other fragments of immunoglobulins using either protein chemistry or recombinant DNA technology.
  • Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448 ; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123 ).
  • an antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof may be part of larger immunoadhesion polypeptides, formed by covalent or noncovalent association of the antibody or antibody portion with one or more other proteins or peptides.
  • immunoadhesion polypeptides include use of the streptavidin core region to make a tetrameric scFv polypeptide ( Kipriyanov, S.M., et al.
  • Antibody portions such as Fab and F(ab') 2 fragments, can be prepared from whole antibodies using conventional techniques, such as papain or pepsin digestion, respectively, of whole antibodies.
  • antibodies, antibody portions and immunoadhesion polypeptides can be obtained using standard recombinant DNA techniques, as described herein.
  • Antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal; xenogeneic, allogeneic, or syngeneic; or modified forms thereof ( e.g. , humanized, chimeric, etc.). Antibodies may also be fully human. Preferably, antibodies of the invention bind specifically or substantially specifically to PD-1, PD-L1, LAG-3, CTLA-4 and/or TIM-3 polypeptides or fragments thereof. They may also be selective for such antigens such that they can distinguish such antigens from closely related antigens, such as other B7 family members.
  • monoclonal antibodies and “monoclonal antibody composition”, as used herein, refer to a population of antibody polypeptides that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of immunoreacting with a particular epitope of an antigen
  • polyclonal antibodies and “polyclonal antibody composition” refer to a population of antibody polypeptides that contain multiple species of antigen binding sites capable of interacting with a particular antigen.
  • a monoclonal antibody composition typically displays a single binding affinity for a particular antigen with which it immunoreacts.
  • a “blocking” antibody or an antibody “antagonist” or “inhibitor” is one which inhibits or reduces at least one biological activity of the antigen(s) it binds.
  • an anti-PD-L1 or anti-TIM-3 antibody binds PD-L1 or TIM-3, respectively, and inhibits the ability of PD-L1 to, for example, bind PD-1, and inhibits the ability of TIM-3 to, for example, bind galectin-9 or phosphatidylserine.
  • the blocking antibodies or antagonist antibodies or fragments thereof described herein substantially or completely inhibit a given biological activity of the antigen(s).
  • body fluid refers to fluids that are excreted or secreted from the body as well as fluid that are normally not (e.g . amniotic fluid, aqueous humor, bile, blood and blood plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, cerumen and earwax, cowper's fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, chyle, chyme, stool, female ejaculate, interstitial fluid, intracellular fluid, lymph, menses, breast milk, mucus, pleural fluid, pus, saliva, sebum, semen, serum, sweat, synovial fluid, tears, urine, vaginal lubrication, vitreous humor, vomit).
  • fluid e.g . amniotic fluid, aqueous humor, bile, blood and blood plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, cerumen and earwax, cowper's fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, chyle, chyme, stool, female ejaculate, interstitial fluid, intracellular fluid
  • bispecific antibody or “multispecific antibody” refers to an antibody that recognized more than one epitope. Such antibodies are useful for targeting different proteins using the same agent. Methods of making such antibodies are well known in art (see, at least U.S. Patent 5,798,229 ; U.S. Patent 5,989,830 ; and Holliger et al. (2005) Nat. Biotech. 23:1126-1136 ).
  • cancer or “tumor” or “hyperproliferative disorder” refer to the presence of cells possessing characteristics typical of cancer-causing cells, such as uncontrolled proliferation, immortality, metastatic potential, rapid growth and proliferation rate, and certain characteristic morphological features. Cancer cells are often in the form of a tumor, but such cells may exist alone within an animal, or may be a non-tumorigenic cancer cell, such as a leukemia cell.
  • Cancers include, but are not limited to, B cell cancer, e.g ., multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, the heavy chain diseases, such as, for example, alpha chain disease, gamma chain disease, and mu chain disease, benign monoclonal gammopathy, and immunocytic amyloidosis, melanomas, breast cancer, lung cancer, bronchus cancer, colorectal cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, ovarian cancer, urinary bladder cancer, brain or central nervous system cancer, peripheral nervous system cancer, esophageal cancer, cervical cancer, uterine or endometrial cancer, cancer of the oral cavity or pharynx, liver cancer, kidney cancer, testicular cancer, biliary tract cancer, small bowel or appendix cancer, salivary gland cancer, thyroid gland cancer, adrenal gland cancer, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, cancer of hematologic tissues, and the like.
  • the heavy chain diseases such as,
  • cancers are epithlelial in nature and include but are not limited to, bladder cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, gynecologic cancers, renal cancer, laryngeal cancer, lung cancer, oral cancer, head and neck cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, or skin cancer.
  • the cancer is breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, or colon cancer.
  • the epithelial cancer is non-small-cell lung cancer, nonpapillary renal cell carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma ( e.g ., serous ovarian carcinoma), or breast carcinoma.
  • the epithelial cancers may be characterized in various other ways including, but not limited to, serous, endometrioid, mucinous, clear cell, Brenner, or undifferentiated.
  • control refers to any reference standard suitable to provide a comparison to the expression products in the test sample.
  • the control comprises obtaining a "control sample” from which expression product levels are detected and compared to the expression product levels from the test sample.
  • a control sample may comprise any suitable sample, including but not limited to a sample from a control cancer patient (can be stored sample or previous sample measurement) with a known outcome; normal tissue or cells isolated from a subject, such as a normal patient or the cancer patient, cultured primary cells/tissues isolated from a subject such as a normal subject or the cancer patient, adjacent normal cells/tissues obtained from the same organ or body location of the cancer patient, a tissue or cell sample isolated from a normal subject, or a primary cells/tissues obtained from a depository.
  • control may comprise a reference standard expression product level from any suitable source, including but not limited to housekeeping genes, an expression product level range from normal tissue (or other previously analyzed control sample), a previously determined expression product level range within a test sample from a group of patients, or a set of patients with a certain outcome (for example, survival for one, two, three, four years, etc.) or receiving a certain treatment (for example, standard of care cancer therapy).
  • a certain outcome for example, survival for one, two, three, four years, etc.
  • a certain treatment for example, standard of care cancer therapy
  • control samples and reference standard expression product levels can be used in combination as controls in the methods of the present invention.
  • control may comprise normal or non-cancerous cell/tissue sample.
  • control may comprise an expression level for a set of patients, such as a set of cancer patients, or for a set of cancer patients receiving a certain treatment, or for a set of patients with one outcome versus another outcome.
  • the specific expression product level of each patient can be assigned to a percentile level of expression, or expressed as either higher or lower than the mean or average of the reference standard expression level.
  • control may comprise normal cells, cells from patients treated with combination chemotherapy, and cells from patients having benign cancer.
  • control may also comprise a measured value for example, average level of expression of a particular gene in a population compared to the level of expression of a housekeeping gene in the same population.
  • control comprises a ratio transformation of expression product levels, including but not limited to determining a ratio of expression product levels of two genes in the test sample and comparing it to any suitable ratio of the same two genes in a reference standard; determining expression product levels of the two or more genes in the test sample and determining a difference in expression product levels in any suitable control; and determining expression product levels of the two or more genes in the test sample, normalizing their expression to expression of housekeeping genes in the test sample, and comparing to any suitable control.
  • control comprises a control sample which is of the same lineage and/or type as the test sample.
  • control may comprise expression product levels grouped as percentiles within or based on a set of patient samples, such as all patients with cancer.
  • a control expression product level is established wherein higher or lower levels of expression product relative to, for instance, a particular percentile, are used as the basis for predicting outcome.
  • a control expression product level is established using expression product levels from cancer control patients with a known outcome, and the expression product levels from the test sample are compared to the control expression product level as the basis for predicting outcome.
  • the methods of the invention are not limited to use of a specific cut-point in comparing the level of expression product in the test sample to the control.
  • hematologic cancer refers to cancers of cells derived from the blood.
  • the hematologic cancer is selected from the group consisting of acute lymphocytic leukemia, myeloid leukemia including acute myeloid leukemia and chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, small lymphocytic lymphoma, multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, B-cell lymphoma and including diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (including primary mediastinal B-cell lymphoma and intravascular large B-cell lymphoma), follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, small lymphocytic lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT)
  • MALT mu
  • coding region refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence comprising codons which are translated into amino acid residues
  • noncoding region refers to regions of a nucleotide sequence that are not translated into amino acids (e.g., 5' and 3' untranslated regions).
  • the term "complementary” refers to the broad concept of sequence complementarity between regions of two nucleic acid strands or between two regions of the same nucleic acid strand. It is known that an adenine residue of a first nucleic acid region is capable of forming specific hydrogen bonds ("base pairing") with a residue of a second nucleic acid region which is antiparallel to the first region if the residue is thymine or uracil. Similarly, it is known that a cytosine residue of a first nucleic acid strand is capable of base pairing with a residue of a second nucleic acid strand which is antiparallel to the first strand if the residue is guanine.
  • a first region of a nucleic acid is complementary to a second region of the same or a different nucleic acid if, when the two regions are arranged in an antiparallel fashion, at least one nucleotide residue of the first region is capable of base pairing with a residue of the second region.
  • the first region comprises a first portion and the second region comprises a second portion, whereby, when the first and second portions are arranged in an antiparallel fashion, at least about 50%, and preferably at least about 75%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% of the nucleotide residues of the first portion are capable of base pairing with nucleotide residues in the second portion. More preferably, all nucleotide residues of the first portion are capable of base pairing with nucleotide residues in the second portion.
  • determining a suitable treatment regimen for the subject is taken to mean the determination of a treatment regimen (i.e., a single therapy or a combination of different therapies that are used for the prevention and/or treatment of the cancer in the subject) for a subject that is started, modified and/or ended based or essentially based or at least partially based on the results of the analysis according to the present invention.
  • a treatment regimen i.e., a single therapy or a combination of different therapies that are used for the prevention and/or treatment of the cancer in the subject
  • a subject that is started, modified and/or ended based or essentially based or at least partially based on the results of the analysis according to the present invention.
  • a treatment regimen i.e., a single therapy or a combination of different therapies that are used for the prevention and/or treatment of the cancer in the subject
  • the determination can, in addition to the results of the analysis according to the present invention, be based on personal characteristics of the subject to be treated. In most cases, the actual determination of the suitable treatment
  • “Homologous” as used herein refers to nucleotide sequence similarity between two regions of the same nucleic acid strand or between regions of two different nucleic acid strands. When a nucleotide residue position in both regions is occupied by the same nucleotide residue, then the regions are homologous at that position. A first region is homologous to a second region if at least one nucleotide residue position of each region is occupied by the same residue. Homology between two regions is expressed in terms of the proportion of nucleotide residue positions of the two regions that are occupied by the same nucleotide residue.
  • a region having the nucleotide sequence 5'-ATTGCC-3' and a region having the nucleotide sequence 5'-TATGGC-3' share 50% homology.
  • the first region comprises a first portion and the second region comprises a second portion, whereby, at least about 50%, and preferably at least about 75%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% of the nucleotide residue positions of each of the portions are occupied by the same nucleotide residue. More preferably, all nucleotide residue positions of each of the portions are occupied by the same nucleotide residue.
  • the term "host cell” is intended to refer to a cell into which a nucleic acid of the invention, such as a recombinant expression vector of the invention, has been introduced.
  • the terms "host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. It should be understood that such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
  • humanized antibody is intended to include antibodies made by a non-human cell having variable and constant regions which have been altered to more closely resemble antibodies that would be made by a human cell. For example, by altering the non-human antibody amino acid sequence to incorporate amino acids found in human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • Humanized antibodies may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences ( e.g ., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo ), for example in the CDRs.
  • the term “humanized antibody”, as used herein, also includes antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • Immune cell refers to cells that play a role in the immune response. Immune cells are of hematopoietic origin, and include lymphocytes, such as B cells and T cells; natural killer cells; myeloid cells, such as monocytes, macrophages, eosinophils, mast cells, basophils, and granulocytes.
  • lymphocytes such as B cells and T cells
  • natural killer cells such as myeloid cells, such as monocytes, macrophages, eosinophils, mast cells, basophils, and granulocytes.
  • immune checkpoints or “immune checkpoint regulators” means a group of molecules on the cell surface of CD4+ and CD8+ T cells. These molecules fine-tune immune responses by down-modulating or inhibiting an immune response, e.g., an anti-tumor immune response.
  • Immune checkpoint proteins are known in the art and include, without limitation, CTLA-4, PD-1, VISTA, B7-H2, B7-H3, PD-L1, B7-H4, B7-H6, 2B4, ICOS, HVEM, PD-L2, CD160, gp49B, PIR-B, KIR family receptors, TIM-1, TIM-3, TIM-4, LAG-3, BTLA, SIRPalpha (CD47), CD48, 2B4 (CD244), B7.1, B7.2, ILT-2, ILT-4, TIGIT, LAG-3, BTLA, and A2aR (see, for example, WO 2012/177624 ).
  • Immunotherapeutic agents that can act as immune checkpoint inhibitors useful in the methods of the present invention, include, but are not limited to, inhibitors of PD-1, PD-L1, TIM-3, LAG-3 and CTLA-4 (e.g ., soluble peptide inhibitors or antibodies, e.g ., anti-PD-1 antibodies, anti-PD-L1 antibodies, anti-CTLA-4 antibodies, anti-TIM-3 antibodies, and anti-LAG-3 antibodies).
  • inhibitors of PD-1, PD-L1, TIM-3, LAG-3 and CTLA-4 e.g ., soluble peptide inhibitors or antibodies, e.g ., anti-PD-1 antibodies, anti-PD-L1 antibodies, anti-CTLA-4 antibodies, anti-TIM-3 antibodies, and anti-LAG-3 antibodies.
  • immune response includes T cell mediated and/or B cell mediated immune responses.
  • exemplary immune responses include T cell responses, e.g ., cytokine production and cellular cytotoxicity.
  • immune response includes immune responses that are indirectly effected by T cell activation, e.g ., antibody production (humoral responses) and activation of cytokine responsive cells, e.g ., macrophages.
  • immunotherapeutic agent can include any molecule, peptide, antibody or other agent which can stimulate a host immune system to generate an immune response to a tumor or cancer in the subject.
  • Various immunotherapeutic agents are useful in the compositions and methods described herein.
  • an “inducible" promoter is a nucleotide sequence which, when operably linked with a polynucleotide which encodes or specifies a gene product, causes the gene product to be produced in a living human cell substantially only when an inducer which corresponds to the promoter is present in the cell.
  • the term “inhibit” refers to any decrease in, for example a particular action, function, or interaction.
  • cancer is “inhibited” if at least one symptom of the cancer is reduced, slowed, or delayed.
  • cancer is also “inhibited” if recurrence or metastasis of the cancer is reduced, slowed, or delayed.
  • interaction when referring to an interaction between two molecules, refers to the physical contact (e.g ., binding) of the molecules with one another. Generally, such an interaction results in an activity (which produces a biological effect) of one or both of said molecules.
  • an "isolated antibody” is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g ., an isolated antibody that specifically binds PD-L1 polypeptide or a fragment thereof, or TIM-3 polypeptide or a fragment thereof, is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than said polypeptide or a fragment thereof). Moreover, an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
  • an “isolated protein” refers to a protein that is substantially free of other proteins, cellular material, separation medium, and culture medium when isolated from cells or produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • An “isolated” or “purified” protein or biologically active portion thereof is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • substantially free of cellular material includes preparations, in which compositions of the invention are separated from cellular components of the cells from which they are isolated or recombinantly produced.
  • the language "substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of having less than about 30%, 20%, 10%, or 5% (by dry weight) of cellular material.
  • an antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein or fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active fragment thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
  • kits is any manufacture (e.g . a package or container) comprising at least one reagent, e.g. a probe or small molecule, for specifically detecting and/or affecting the expression of a marker of the invention.
  • the kit may be promoted, distributed, or sold as a unit for performing the methods of the present invention.
  • the kit may comprise one or more reagents necessary to express a composition useful in the methods of the present invention.
  • the kit may further comprise a reference standard, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding a protein that does not affect or regulate signaling pathways controlling cell growth, division, migration, survival or apoptosis.
  • control proteins including, but not limited to, common molecular tags (e.g., green fluorescent protein and beta-galactosidase), proteins not classified in any of pathway encompassing cell growth, division, migration, survival or apoptosis by GeneOntology reference, or ubiquitous housekeeping proteins.
  • Reagents in the kit may be provided in individual containers or as mixtures of two or more reagents in a single container.
  • instructional materials which describe the use of the compositions within the kit can be included.
  • a “marker” is a gene whose altered level of expression in a tissue or cell from its expression level in normal or healthy tissue or cell is associated with a disease state, such as cancer.
  • a “marker nucleic acid” is a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, cDNA) encoded by or corresponding to a marker of the invention.
  • Such marker nucleic acids include DNA (e.g., cDNA) comprising the entire or a partial sequence of any of the nucleic acid sequences set forth in the Sequence Listing or the complement of such a sequence.
  • the marker nucleic acids also include RNA comprising the entire or a partial sequence of any of the nucleic acid sequences set forth in the Sequence Listing or the complement of such a sequence, wherein all thymidine residues are replaced with uridine residues.
  • a "marker protein” is a protein encoded by or corresponding to a marker of the invention.
  • a marker protein comprises the entire or a partial sequence of any of the sequences set forth in the Sequence Listing.
  • the terms “protein” and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably.
  • the "normal" level of expression of a marker is the level of expression of the marker in cells of a subject, e.g., a human patient, not afflicted with a cancer.
  • An “over-expression” or “significantly higher level of expression” of a marker refers to an expression level in a test sample that is greater than the standard error of the assay employed to assess expression, and is preferably at least twice, and more preferably 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 times or more higher than the expression activity or level of the marker in a control sample (e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease) and preferably, the average expression level of the marker in several control samples.
  • a control sample e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease
  • a "significantly lower level of expression" of a marker refers to an expression level in a test sample that is at least twice, and more preferably 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 times or more lower than the expression level of the marker in a control sample (e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease) and preferably, the average expression level of the marker in several control samples.
  • a control sample e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease
  • an "over-expression” or “significantly higher level of expression” of a marker refers to an expression level in a test sample that is greater than the standard error of the assay employed to assess expression, and is preferably at least twice, and more preferably 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 times or more higher than the expression activity or level of the marker in a control sample (e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease) and preferably, the average expression level of the marker in several control samples.
  • a control sample e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease
  • a "significantly lower level of expression" of a marker refers to an expression level in a test sample that is at least twice, and more preferably 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 times or more lower than the expression level of the marker in a control sample (e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease) and preferably, the average expression level of the marker in several control samples.
  • a control sample e.g., sample from a healthy subject not having the marker associated disease
  • peripheral blood cell subtypes refers to cell types normally found in the peripheral blood including, but is not limited to, eosinophils, neutrophils, T cells, monocytes, NK cells, granulocytes, and B cells.
  • probe refers to any molecule which is capable of selectively binding to a specifically intended target molecule, for example, a nucleotide transcript or protein encoded by or corresponding to a marker. Probes can be either synthesized by one skilled in the art, or derived from appropriate biological preparations. For purposes of detection of the target molecule, probes may be specifically designed to be labeled, as described herein. Examples of molecules that can be utilized as probes include, but are not limited to, RNA, DNA, proteins, antibodies, and organic molecules.
  • prognosis includes a prediction of the probable course and outcome of cancer or the likelihood of recovery from the disease.
  • use of statistical algorithms provides a prognosis of cancer in an individual.
  • the prognosis can be surgery, development of a clinical subtype of cancer (e.g., hematologic cancers, such as multiple myeloma), development of one or more clinical factors, development of intestinal cancer, or recovery from the disease.
  • response to cancer therapy relates to any response of the hyperproliferative disorder (e.g., cancer) to a cancer therapy, preferably to a change in tumor mass and/or volume after initiation of neoadjuvant or adjuvant chemotherapy.
  • hyperproliferative disorder response may be assessed, for example for efficacy or in a neoadjuvant or adjuvant situation, where the size of a tumor after systemic intervention can be compared to the initial size and dimensions as measured by CT, PET, mammogram, ultrasound or palpation. Response may also be assessed by caliper measurement or pathological examination of the tumor after biopsy or surgical resection for solid cancers.
  • neoadjuvant or adjuvant therapy may be done early after the onset of neoadjuvant or adjuvant therapy, e.g., after a few hours, days, weeks or preferably after a few months.
  • a typical endpoint for response assessment is upon termination of neoadjuvant chemotherapy or upon surgical removal of residual tumor cells and/or the tumor bed. This is typically three months after initiation of neoadjuvant therapy.
  • clinical efficacy of the therapeutic treatments described herein may be determined by measuring the clinical benefit rate (CBR).
  • CBR clinical benefit rate
  • the clinical benefit rate is measured by determining the sum of the percentage of patients who are in complete remission (CR), the number of patients who are in partial remission (PR) and the number of patients having stable disease (SD) at a time point at least 6 months out from the end of therapy.
  • the CBR for a particular cancer therapeutic regimen is at least 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or more.
  • the percentage of patients who are in either CR, PR, and/or SD in any combination at least 30 days, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, 18 months, 24 months, 30 months, 36 months, 60 months, or longer is at least 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, or more. In some embodiments, the percentage is 100% over such a time period.
  • Additional criteria for evaluating the response to cancer therapies are related to "survival,” which includes all of the following: survival until mortality, also known as overall survival (wherein said mortality may be either irrespective of cause or tumor related); "recurrence-free survival” (wherein the term recurrence shall include both localized and distant recurrence); metastasis free survival; disease free survival (wherein the term disease shall include cancer and diseases associated therewith).
  • the length of said survival may be calculated by reference to a defined start point (e.g., time of diagnosis or start of treatment) and end point (e.g., death, recurrence or metastasis).
  • criteria for efficacy of treatment can be expanded to include response to chemotherapy, probability of survival, probability of metastasis within a given time period, and probability of tumor recurrence.
  • a particular cancer therapeutic regimen can be administered to a population of subjects and the outcome can be correlated to copy number, level of expression, level of activity, etc. of a marker determined prior to administration of any cancer therapy.
  • the outcome measurement may be pathologic response to therapy given in the neoadjuvant setting.
  • outcome measures such as overall survival and disease-free survival can be monitored over a period of time for subjects following cancer therapy for whom the measurement values are known.
  • the same doses of cancer therapeutic agents are administered to each subject.
  • the doses administered are standard doses known in the art for cancer therapeutic agents.
  • the period of time for which subjects are monitored can vary. For example, subjects may be monitored for at least 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, or 60 months.
  • Biomarker threshold values that correlate to outcome of a cancer therapy can be determined using methods such as those described in the Examples section.
  • Outcomes can also be measured in terms of a "hazard ratio” (the ratio of death rates for one patient group to another; provides likelihood of death at a certain time point), "overall survival” (OS), and/or “progression free survival.”
  • the prognosis comprises likelihood of overall survival rate at 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, or any other suitable time point.
  • significance associated with the prognosis of poor outcome in all aspects of the present invention is measured by techniques known in the art. For example, significance may be measured with calculation of odds ratio. In a further embodiment, the significance is measured by a percentage.
  • a significant risk of poor outcome is measured as odds ratio of 0.8 or less or at least about 1.2, including by not limited to: 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0, 25.0, 30.0 and 40.0.
  • a significant increase or reduction in risk is at least about 20%, including but not limited to about 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% and 98%.
  • a significant increase in risk is at least about 50%.
  • the present invention further provides methods for making a treatment decision for a cancer patient, comprising carrying out the methods for prognosing a cancer patient according to the different aspects and embodiments of the present invention, and then weighing the results in light of other known clinical and pathological risk factors, in determining a course of treatment for the cancer patient.
  • a cancer patient that is shown by the methods of the invention to have an increased risk of poor outcome by combination chemotherapy treatment can be treated with more aggressive therapies, including but not limited to radiation therapy, peripheral blood stem cell transplant, bone marrow transplant, or novel or experimental therapies under clinical investigation.
  • resistance refers to an acquired or natural resistance of a cancer sample or a mammal to a cancer therapy (i.e., being nonresponsive to or having reduced or limited response to the therapeutic treatment), such as having a reduced response to a therapeutic treatment by 25% or more, for example, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more, to 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 20-fold or more.
  • the reduction in response can be measured by comparing with the same cancer sample or mammal before the resistance is acquired, or by comparing with a different cancer sample or a mammal who is known to have no resistance to the therapeutic treatment.
  • multidrug resistance A typical acquired resistance to chemotherapy is called "multidrug resistance.”
  • the multidrug resistance can be mediated by P-glycoprotein or can be mediated by other mechanisms, or it can occur when a mammal is infected with a multi drug-resistant microorganism or a combination of microorganisms.
  • the term "reverses resistance” means that the use of a second agent in combination with a primary cancer therapy (e.g ., chemotherapeutic or radiation therapy) is able to produce a significant decrease in tumor volume at a level of statistical significance (e.g., p ⁇ 0.05) when compared to tumor volume of untreated tumor in the circumstance where the primary cancer therapy (e.g ., chemotherapeutic or radiation therapy) alone is unable to produce a statistically significant decrease in tumor volume compared to tumor volume of untreated tumor. This generally applies to tumor volume measurements made at a time when the untreated tumor is growing log rhythmically.
  • a primary cancer therapy e.g ., chemotherapeutic or radiation therapy
  • RNA interfering agent is defined as any agent which interferes with or inhibits expression of a target gene, e.g., a marker of the invention, by RNA interference (RNAi).
  • RNA interfering agents include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules including RNA molecules which are homologous to the target gene, e.g., a marker of the invention, or a fragment thereof, short interfering RNA (siRNA), and small molecules which interfere with or inhibit expression of a target gene by RNA interference (RNAi).
  • RNA interference is an evolutionally conserved process whereby the expression or introduction of RNA of a sequence that is identical or highly similar to a target gene results in the sequence specific degradation or specific post-transcriptional gene silencing (PTGS) of messenger RNA (mRNA) transcribed from that targeted gene (see Coburn and Cullen (2002) J. Virol. 76(18): 9225 ), thereby inhibiting expression of the target gene.
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • dsRNA double stranded RNA
  • RNAi is initiated by the dsRNA-specific endonuclease Dicer, which promotes processive cleavage of long dsRNA into double-stranded fragments termed siRNAs.
  • siRNAs are incorporated into a protein complex that recognizes and cleaves target mRNAs.
  • RNAi can also be initiated by introducing nucleic acid molecules, e.g., synthetic siRNAs or RNA interfering agents, to inhibit or silence the expression of target genes.
  • inhibiting target gene expression includes any decrease in expression or protein activity or level of the target gene (e.g., a marker gene of the invention) or protein encoded by the target gene, e.g., a marker protein of the invention.
  • the decrease may be of at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% or more as compared to the expression of a target gene or the activity or level of the protein encoded by a target gene which has not been targeted by an RNA interfering agent.
  • sample used for detecting or determining the presence or level of at least one biomarker is typically whole blood, plasma, serum, saliva, urine, stool (e.g., feces), tears, and any other bodily fluid (e.g., as described above under the definition of "body fluids"), or a tissue sample (e.g., biopsy) such as a small intestine, colon sample, or surgical resection tissue.
  • the method of the present invention further comprises obtaining the sample from the individual prior to detecting or determining the presence or level of at least one marker in the sample.
  • cancer means to alter cancer cells or tumor cells in a way that allows for more effective treatment of the associated cancer with a cancer therapy (e.g ., chemotherapeutic or radiation therapy.
  • a cancer therapy e.g ., chemotherapeutic or radiation therapy.
  • normal cells are not affected to an extent that causes the normal cells to be unduly injured by the cancer therapy (e.g., chemotherapy or radiation therapy).
  • An increased sensitivity or a reduced sensitivity to a therapeutic treatment is measured according to a known method in the art for the particular treatment and methods described herein below, including, but not limited to, cell proliferative assays ( Tanigawa N, Kern D H, Kikasa Y, Morton D L, Cancer Res 1982; 42: 2159-2164 ), cell death assays ( Weisenthal L M, Shoemaker R H, Marsden J A, Dill P L, Baker J A, Moran E M, Cancer Res 1984; 94: 161-173 ; Weisenthal L M, Lippman M E, Cancer Treat Rep 1985; 69: 615-632 ; Weisenthal L M, In: Kaspers G J L, Pieters R, Twentyman P R, Weisenthal L M, Veerman A J P, eds.
  • the sensitivity or resistance may also be measured in animal by measuring the tumor size reduction over a period of time, for example, 6 month for human and 4-6 weeks for mouse.
  • a composition or a method sensitizes response to a therapeutic treatment if the increase in treatment sensitivity or the reduction in resistance is 25% or more, for example, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or more, to 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 20-fold or more, compared to treatment sensitivity or resistance in the absence of such composition or method.
  • sensitivity or resistance to a therapeutic treatment is routine in the art and within the skill of an ordinarily skilled clinician. It is to be understood that any method described herein for enhancing the efficacy of a cancer therapy can be equally applied to methods for sensitizing hyperproliferative or otherwise cancerous cells (e.g ., resistant cells) to the cancer therapy.
  • siRNA Short interfering RNA
  • small interfering RNA is defined as an agent which functions to inhibit expression of a target gene, e.g., by RNAi.
  • An siRNA may be chemically synthesized, may be produced by in vitro transcription, or may be produced within a host cell.
  • siRNA is a double stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecule of about 15 to about 40 nucleotides in length, preferably about 15 to about 28 nucleotides, more preferably about 19 to about 25 nucleotides in length, and more preferably about 19, 20, 21, or 22 nucleotides in length, and may contain a 3' and/or 5' overhang on each strand having a length of about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 nucleotides.
  • the length of the overhang is independent between the two strands, i.e., the length of the over hang on one strand is not dependent on the length of the overhang on the second strand.
  • the siRNA is capable of promoting RNA interference through degradation or specific post-transcriptional gene silencing (PTGS) of the target messenger RNA (mRNA).
  • mRNA target messenger RNA
  • an siRNA is a small hairpin (also called stem loop) RNA (shRNA).
  • shRNAs are composed of a short (e.g., 19-25 nucleotide) antisense strand, followed by a 5-9 nucleotide loop, and the analogous sense strand.
  • the sense strand may precede the nucleotide loop structure and the antisense strand may follow.
  • RNA interfering agents e.g., siRNA molecules
  • a marker gene of the invention e.g., a marker gene which is overexpressed in cancer (such as the markers listed in Table 3) and thereby treat, prevent, or inhibit cancer in the subject.
  • subject refers to any healthy animal, mammal or human, or any animal, mammal or human afflicted with a cancer, e.g., lung, ovarian, pancreatic, liver, breast, prostate, and colon carcinomas, as well as melanoma and multiple myeloma.
  • a cancer e.g., lung, ovarian, pancreatic, liver, breast, prostate, and colon carcinomas, as well as melanoma and multiple myeloma.
  • subject is interchangeable with “subject”.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein in which the protein is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis of the protein.
  • the language “substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals” includes preparations of antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein having less than about 30% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or non-antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein chemicals, more preferably less than about 20% chemical precursors or non-antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein chemicals, still more preferably less than about 10% chemical precursors or non-antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein chemicals, and most preferably less than about 5% chemical precursors or non- antibody, polypeptide, peptide or fusion protein chemicals.
  • the term "survival” includes all of the following: survival until mortality, also known as overall survival (wherein said mortality may be either irrespective of cause or tumor related); "recurrence-free survival” (wherein the term recurrence shall include both localized and distant recurrence); metastasis free survival; disease free survival (wherein the term disease shall include cancer and diseases associated therewith).
  • the length of said survival may be calculated by reference to a defined start point (e.g. time of diagnosis or start of treatment) and end point (e.g. death, recurrence or metastasis).
  • criteria for efficacy of treatment can be expanded to include response to chemotherapy, probability of survival, probability of metastasis within a given time period, and probability of tumor recurrence.
  • the term “synergistic effect” refers to the combined effect of two or more anticancer agents can be greater than the sum of the separate effects of the anticancer agents or alone. In some embodiments, in can provide for similar efficacy of monotherapy but with other unexpected improvements relative to monotherapy, such as reducing unwanted side effects.
  • tissue-specific promoter is a nucleotide sequence which, when operably linked with a polynucleotide which encodes or specifies a gene product, causes the gene product to be produced in a living human cell substantially only if the cell is a cell of the tissue type corresponding to the promoter.
  • a “transcribed polynucleotide” or “nucleotide transcript” is a polynucleotide (e.g. an mRNA, hnRNA, a cDNA, or an analog of such RNA or cDNA) which is complementary to or homologous with all or a portion of a mature mRNA made by transcription of a marker of the invention and normal post-transcriptional processing (e.g. splicing), if any, of the RNA transcript, and reverse transcription of the RNA transcript.
  • a polynucleotide e.g. an mRNA, hnRNA, a cDNA, or an analog of such RNA or cDNA
  • an “underexpression” or “significantly lower level of expression or copy number” of a marker refers to an expression level or copy number in a test sample that is greater than the standard error of the assay employed to assess expression or copy number, but is preferably at least twice, and more preferably three, four, five or ten or more times less than the expression level or copy number of the marker in a control sample (e.g., sample from a healthy subject not afflicted with cancer) and preferably, the average expression level or copy number of the marker in several control samples.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated.
  • viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • Other vectors are integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
  • Such vectors are referred to herein as "recombinant expression vectors" or simply "expression vectors".
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and vector may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • nucleotide triplet An important and well known feature of the genetic code is its redundancy, whereby, for most of the amino acids used to make proteins, more than one coding nucleotide triplet may be employed (illustrated above). Therefore, a number of different nucleotide sequences may code for a given amino acid sequence. Such nucleotide sequences are considered functionally equivalent since they result in the production of the same amino acid sequence in all organisms (although certain organisms may translate some sequences more efficiently than they do others). Moreover, occasionally, a methylated variant of a purine or pyrimidine may be found in a given nucleotide sequence. Such methylations do not affect the coding relationship between the trinucleotide codon and the corresponding amino acid.
  • nucleotide sequence of a DNA or RNA coding for a fusion protein or polypeptide of the invention can be used to derive the fusion protein or polypeptide amino acid sequence, using the genetic code to translate the DNA or RNA into an amino acid sequence.
  • corresponding nucleotide sequences that can encode the fusion protein or polypeptide can be deduced from the genetic code (which, because of its redundancy, will produce multiple nucleic acid sequences for any given amino acid sequence).
  • description and/or disclosure herein of a nucleotide sequence which encodes a fusion protein or polypeptide should be considered to also include description and/or disclosure of the amino acid sequence encoded by the nucleotide sequence.
  • description and/or disclosure of a fusion protein or polypeptide amino acid sequence herein should be considered to also include description and/or disclosure of all possible nucleotide sequences that can encode the amino acid sequence.
  • nucleic acid and amino acid sequence information for the loci and biomarkers of the present invention are well known in the art and readily available on publicly available databases, such as the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI).
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • exemplary nucleic acid and amino acid sequences derived from publicly available sequence databases are provided below.
  • PD-1 refers to a member of the immunoglobulin gene superfamily that functions as a coinhibitory receptor having PD-L1 and PD-L2 as known ligands.
  • PD-1 was previously identified using a subtraction cloning based approach to select for proteins involved in apoptotic cell death.
  • PD-1 is a member of the CD28/CTLA-4 family of molecules based on its ability to bind to PD-L1.
  • CTLA-4 PD-1 is rapidly induced on the surface of T-cells in response to anti-CD3 ( Agata et al. 25 (1996) Int. Immunol. 8:765 ).
  • PD-1 is also induced on the surface of B-cells (in response to anti-IgM). PD-1 is also expressed on a subset of thymocytes and myeloid cells (Agata et al. (1996) supra; Nishimura et al. (1996) Int. Immunol. 8:773 ).
  • PD-1 has an extracellular region containing immunoglobulin superfamily domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular region including an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motif (ITIM) ( Ishida et al. (1992) EMBO J.
  • ITIM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motif
  • MHC polypeptides for example the KIRs
  • CTLA4 binds to B7-1 and B7-2. It has been proposed that there is a phylogenetic relationship between the MHC and B7 genes ( Henry et al. (1999) Immunol. Today 20(6):285-8 ).
  • Nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of PD-1 orthologs in organisms other than humans are well known and include, for example, mouse PD-1 (NM_008798.2 and NP_032824.1), rat PD-1 (NM_001106927.1 and NP_001100397.1), dog PD-1 (XM_543338.3 and XP_543338.3), cow PD-1 (NM_001083506.1 and NP_001076975.1), and chicken PD-1 (XM_422723.3 and XP_422723.2).
  • PD-1 polypeptides are inhibitory receptors capable of transmitting an inhibitory signal to an immune cell to thereby inhibit immune cell effector function, or are capable of promoting costimulation (e.g., by competitive inhibition) of immune cells, e.g., when present in soluble, monomeric form.
  • Preferred PD-1 family members share sequence identity with PD-1 and bind to one or more B7 family members, e.g., B7-1, B7-2, PD-1 ligand, and/or other polypeptides on antigen presenting cells.
  • PD-1 activity includes the ability of a PD-1 polypeptide to modulate an inhibitory signal in an activated immune cell, e.g., by engaging a natural PD-1 ligand on an antigen presenting cell.
  • PD-1 transmits an inhibitory signal to an immune cell in a manner similar to CTLA4. Modulation of an inhibitory signal in an immune cell results in modulation of proliferation of, and/or cytokine secretion by, an immune cell.
  • the term “PD-1 activity” includes the ability of a PD-1 polypeptide to bind its natural ligand(s), the ability to modulate immune cell costimulatory or inhibitory signals, and the ability to modulate the immune response.
  • PD-1 ligand refers to binding partners of the PD-1 receptor and includes both PD-L1 ( Freeman et al. (2000) J. Exp. Med. 192:1027 ) and PD-L2 ( Latchman et al. (2001) Nat. Immunol. 2:261 ). At least two types of human PD-1 ligand polypeptides exist. PD-1 ligand proteins comprise a signal sequence, and an IgV domain, an IgC domain, a transmembrane domain, and a short cytoplasmic tail. Both PD-L1 (See Freeman et al. (2000) J. Exp. Med.
  • PD-L2 See Latchman et al. (2001) Nat. Immunol. 2:261 for sequence data
  • PD-L1 and PD-L2 are members of the B7 family of polypeptides.
  • Both PD-L1 and PD-L2 are expressed in placenta, spleen, lymph nodes, thymus, and heart. Only PD-L2 is expressed in pancreas, lung and liver, while only PD-L1 is expressed in fetal liver.
  • Both PD-1 ligands are upregulated on activated monocytes and dendritic cells, although PD-L1 expression is broader.
  • PD-L1 is known to be constitutively expressed and upregulated to higher levels on murine hematopoietic cells (e.g., T cells, B cells, macrophages, dendritic cells (DCs), and bone marrow-derived mast cells) and non-hematopoietic cells (e.g., endothelial, epithelial, and muscle cells), whereas PD-L2 is inducibly expressed on DCs, macrophages, and bone marrow-derived mast cells (see, Butte et al. (2007) Immunity 27:111 ).
  • murine hematopoietic cells e.g., T cells, B cells, macrophages, dendritic cells (DCs), and bone marrow-derived mast cells
  • non-hematopoietic cells e.g., endothelial, epithelial, and muscle cells
  • PD-L2 is inducibly expressed on DCs, macrophages, and bone marrow-derived mast
  • PD-1 ligands comprise a family of polypeptides having certain conserved structural and functional features.
  • family when used to refer to proteins or nucleic acid molecules, is intended to mean two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology, as defined herein.
  • family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species.
  • a family can contain a first protein of human origin, as well as other, distinct proteins of human origin or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin.
  • Members of a family may also have common functional characteristics.
  • PD-1 ligands are members of the B7 family of polypeptides.
  • B7 family or "B7 polypeptides” as used herein includes costimulatory polypeptides that share sequence homology with B7 polypeptides, e.g., with B7-1 (CD80), B7-2 (CD86), inducible costimulatory ligand (ICOS-L), B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, B7-H6, B7h ( Swallow et al. (1999) Immunity 11:423 ), and/or PD-1 ligands (e.g., PD-L1 or PD-L2).
  • B7-1 CD80
  • B7-2 CD86
  • IBS-L inducible costimulatory ligand
  • B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA B7-H6, B7h ( Swallow et al. (1999) Immunity 11:423 )
  • PD-1 ligands e.g., PD-L1 or PD-L2
  • human B7-1 and B7-2 share approximately 26% amino acid sequence identity when compared using the BLAST program at NCBI with the default parameters (Blosum62 matrix with gap penalties set at existence 11 and extension 1 (see the NCBI website).
  • the term B7 family also includes variants of these polypeptides which are capable of modulating immune cell function.
  • the B7 family of molecules share a number of conserved regions, including signal domains, IgV domains and the IgC domains. IgV domains and the IgC domains are art-recognized Ig superfamily member domains. These domains correspond to structural units that have distinct folding patterns called Ig folds.
  • Ig folds are comprised of a sandwich of two ⁇ sheets, each consisting of anti-parallel ⁇ strands of 5-10 amino acids with a conserved disulfide bond between the two sheets in most, but not all, IgC domains of Ig, TCR, and MHC molecules share the same types of sequence patterns and are called the C1-set within the Ig superfamily. Other IgC domains fall within other sets. IgV domains also share sequence patterns and are called V set domains. IgV domains are longer than IgC domains and contain an additional pair of ⁇ strands.
  • PD-L1 refers to a specific PD-1 ligand.
  • Two forms of human PD-L1 molecules have been identified.
  • One form is a naturally occurring PD-L1 soluble polypeptide, i.e., having a short hydrophilic domain at the COOH-terminal end and no transmembrane domain, and is referred to herein as PD-L1S (shown in Table 1 as SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • the second form is a cell-associated polypeptide, i.e., having a transmembrane and cytoplasmic domain, referred to herein as PD-L1M (shown in SEQ ID NO: 6).
  • PD-L1 proteins comprise a signal sequence, and an IgV domain and an IgC domain.
  • the signal sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 is shown from about amino acid 1 to about amino acid 18.
  • the signal sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 is shown :from about amino acid 1 to about amino acid 18.
  • the IgV domain of SEQ ID NO: 4 is shown from about amino acid 19 to about amino acid 134 and the IgV domain of SEQ ID NO: 6 is shown from about amino acid 19 to about amino acid 134.
  • the IgC domain of SEQ ID NO: 4 is shown from about amino acid 135 to about amino acid 227 and the IgC domain of SEQ ID NO: 6 is shown from about amino acid 135 to about amino acid 227.
  • the hydrophilic tail of the PD-L1 exemplified in SEQ ID NO: 4 comprises a hydrophilic tail shown from about amino acid 228 to about amino acid 245.
  • the PD-L1 polypeptide exemplified in SEQ ID NO: 6 comprises a transmembrane domain shown from about amino acids 239 to about amino acid 259 of SEQ ID NO: 6 and a cytoplasmic domain shown of about 30 amino acids from 260 to about amino acid 290 of SEQ ID NO: 6.
  • nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of PD-L1 orthologs in organisms other than humans are well known and include, for example, mouse PD-L1 (NM_021893.3 and NP_068693.1), rat PD-L1 (NM_001191954.1 and NP_001178883.1), dog PD-L1 (XM_541302.3 and XP_541302.3), cow PD-L1 (NM_001163412.1 and NP_001156884.1), and chicken PD-L1 (XM_424811.3 and XP_424811.3).
  • TIM-3 refers to a type I cell-surface glycoprotein that comprises an N-terminal immunoglobulin (Ig)-like domain, a mucin domain with O-linked glycosylations and with N-linked glycosylations close to the membrane, a single transmembrane domain, and a cytoplasmic region with tyrosine phosphorylation motif(s) (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Publ. 2013/0156774 ).
  • TIM-3 is a member of the T cell/transmembrane, immunoglobulin, and mucin (TIM) gene family.
  • TIM-3 Nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of human TIM-3 are well known in the art and are publicly available, for example, as described in NM_032782.4 and NP_116171.3.
  • TIM-3 refers to human TIM-3 and can include truncated forms or fragments of the TIM-3 polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of TIM-3 orthologs in organisms other than humans are well known and include, for example, mouse TIM-3 (NM_134250.2 and NP_599011.2), chimpanzee TIM-3 (XM_518059.4 and XP_518059.3), dog TIM-3 (NM_001254715.1 and NP_001241644.1), cow TIM-3 (NM_001077105.2 and NP_001070573.1), and rat TIM-3 (NM_001100762.1 and NP_001094232.1).
  • neutralizing anti-TIM-3 antibodies are well known in the art (see, at least U.S. Pat. Publ.
  • TIM-3 was originally identified as a mouse Th1-specific cell surface protein that was expressed after several rounds of in vitro Th1 differentiation, and was later shown to also be expressed on Th17 cells. In humans, TIM-3 is expressed on a subset of activated CD4+ T cells, on differentiated Th1 cells, on some CD8+ T cells, and at lower levels on Th17 cells ( Hastings et al. (2009) Eur. J. Immunol. 39:2492-2501 ). TIM-3 is also expressed on cells of the innate immune system including mouse mast cells, subpopulations of macrophages and dendritic cells (DCs), NK and NKT cells, human monocytes, human dendritic cells, and on murine primary bronchial epithelial cell lines.
  • DCs subpopulations of macrophages and dendritic cells
  • NK and NKT cells human monocytes
  • human dendritic cells and on murine primary bronchial epithelial cell lines.
  • TIM-3 expression is regulated by the transcription factor T-bet.
  • TIM-3 can generate an inhibitory signal resulting in apoptosis of Th1 and Tc1 cells, and can mediate phagocytosis of apoptotic cells and cross-presentation of antigen.
  • Polymorphisms in TIM-1 and TIM-3 can reciprocally regulate the direction of T-cell responses ( Freeman et al. (2010) Immunol. Rev. 235:172-89 ).
  • TIM-3 has several known ligands, including galectin-9, phosphatidylserine, and HMGB1.
  • galectin-9 is an S-type lectin with two distinct carbohydrate recognition domains joined by a long flexible linker, and has an enhanced affinity for larger poly-N-acetyllactosamine-containing structures.
  • Galectin-9 does not have a signal sequence and is localized in the cytoplasm. However, it can be secreted and exerts its function by binding to glycoproteins on the target cell surface via their carbohydrate chains ( Freeman et al. (2010) Immunol. Rev. 235:172-89 ).
  • galectin-9 had beneficial effects in several murine disease models, including an EAE model, a mouse model of arthritis, in cardiac and skin allograft transplant models, and contact hypersensitivity and psoriatic models ( Freeman et al. (2010) Immunol. Rev. 235:172-89 ). Residues important for TIM-3 binding to galectin-9 include TIM-3(44), TIM-3(74), and TIM-3(100), which undergo N- and/or O-glycosylation. It is also known that TIM-3 mediates T-cell dysfunction associated with chronic viral infections ( Golden-Mason et al.
  • TIM-3 expression was increased on CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, specifically HCV-specific CD8+ cytotoxic T cells (CTLs) in chronic HCV infection and treatment with a blocking monoclonal antibody to TIM-3 reversed HCV-specific T cell exhaustion ( Jones et al. (2008) J. Exp. Med. 205:2763-2779 ).
  • CTLs cytotoxic T cells
  • LAG-3 also known as CD223, refers to a member of the immunoglobulin supergene family and is structurally and genetically related to CD4 (see, U.S. Pat. Publ. 2011/0150892 ).
  • LAG-3 is generally known as a membrane protein encoded by a gene located on the distal part of the short arm of chromosome 12, near the CD4 gene, suggesting that the LAG-3 gene may have evolved through gene duplication ( Triebel et al. (1990) J. Exp. Med. 171:1393-1405 ). However, secreted forms of the protein are known (e.g., for human and mouse TIM-3). Nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of human LAG-3 are well known in the art and are publicly available, for example, as described in NM_002286.5 and NP_002277.4.
  • LAG-3 refers to human LAG-3 and can include truncated forms or fragments of the LAG-3 polypeptide.
  • nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences of LAG-3 orthologs in organisms other than humans are well known and include, for example, mouse LAG-3 (NM_008479.2 and NP_032505.1), chimpanzee LAG-3 (XM_508966.4 and XP_508966.2), monkey LAG-3 (XM_001108923.2 and XP_001108923.1), cow LAG-3 (NM_00124949.1 and NP_001232878.1), rat LAG-3 (NM_212513.2 and NP_997678.2), and chicken LAG-3 (XM_416510.3, XP_416510.2, XM_004938117.1, and XP_004938174.1).
  • LAG-3 is not expressed on resting peripheral blood lymphocytes but is expressed on activated T cells and NK cells and has a number of functions (see, U.S. Pat. Publ. 2011/0150892 ). Similar to CD4, LAG-3 has been demonstrated to interact with MHC Class II molecules but, unlike CD4, LAG-3 does not interact with the human immunodeficiency virus gp120 protein ( Baixeras et al. (1992) J. Exp. Med. 176:327-337 ). Studies using a soluble LAG-3 immunoglobulin fusion protein (sLAG-3Ig) demonstrated direct and specific binding of LAG-3 to MHC class II on the cell surface ( Huard et al. (1996) Eur. J. Immunol.
  • sLAG-3Ig soluble LAG-3 immunoglobulin fusion protein
  • T reg CD4+CD25+ regulatory T cells
  • T reg CD4+CD25+ regulatory T cells
  • LAG-3 has been shown to express LAG-3 upon activation and antibodies to LAG-3 inhibit suppression by induced regulatory T cells, both in vitro and in vivo, suggesting that LAG-3 contributes to the suppressor activity of regulatory T cells ( Huang et al. (2004) Immunity 21:503-513 ).
  • LAG-3 has been shown to negatively regulate T cell homeostasis by regulatory T cells in both T cell-dependent and independent mechanisms ( Workman and Vignali (2005) J. Immunol. 174:688-695 ).
  • LAG-3 also has been shown to have immunostimulatory effects.
  • LAG-3 transfected tumor cells transplanted into syngeneic mice showed marked growth reduction or complete regression as compared to untransfected tumor cells, suggesting that LAG-3 expression on the tumor cells stimulated an anti-tumor response by triggering antigen presenting cells via MHC class II molecules ( Prigent et al. (1999) Eur. J. Immunol. 29:3867-3876 ).
  • soluble LAG-3 Ig fusion protein has been shown to stimulate both humoral and cellular immune responses when administered to mice together with an antigen, indicating that soluble LAG-3Ig can function as a vaccine adjuvant ( El Mir and Triebel (2000) J. Immunol.
  • LAG-3Ig has been shown to amplify the in vitro generation of type I tumor-specific immunity ( Casati et al. (2006) Cancer Res. 66:4450-4460 ). The functional activity of LAG-3 is reviewed further in Triebel (2003) Trends Immunol. 24:619-622 .
  • CTLA-4 is a T cell surface molecule that was originally identified by differential screening of a murine cytolytic T cell cDNA library, Brunet et al. (1987) Nature 328:267-270 .
  • the role of CTLA-4 as a second receptor for B7 is discussed in Linsley et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 174:561-569 .
  • Freeman et al. (1993) Science 262:907-909 discusses CTLA-4 in B7 deficient mice.
  • Ligands for CTLA-4 are described in Lenschow et al. (1993) P.N.A.S. 90:11054-11058 . Linsley et al.
  • CTLA-4 can function as a negative regulator of T cell activation.
  • the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of CTLA-4 (e.g., human CTLA-4) are known in the art ( e.g., as described in US 5,811,097 and US 5,434,131 , incorporated herein by reference).
  • Inhibitors of immune checkpoint modulators are known in the art, and can be used in any of the methods described herein.
  • anti-PD-1 antibodies or soluble polypeptide inhibitors can be used.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is chosen from MDX-1106, Merck 3475 or CT- 011.
  • MDX-1106 also known as MDX-1106-04, ONO-4538, BMS-936558 or Nivolumab.
  • the anti-PD- 1 antibody is Nivolumab (CAS Registry Number: 946414-94-4).
  • Nivolumab also referred to as BMS-936558 or MDX1106; Bristol-Myers Squibb
  • Nivolumab (clone 5C4) and other human monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to PD1 are disclosed in US 8,008,449 and WO2006/121168 .
  • Lambrolizumab (also referred to as MK03475; Merck) is a humanized IgG4 monoclonal antibody that binds to PD1.
  • Lambrolizumab and other humanized anti-PD1 antibodies are disclosed in US 8,354,509 and WO2009/114335 .
  • Pidilizumab (CT-011; Cure Tech) is a humanized IgGlk monoclonal antibody that binds to PD1.
  • Pidilizumab and other humanized anti-PD1 monoclonal antibodies are disclosed in WO2009/101611 .
  • anti-PD1 antibodies include AMP 514 (Amplimmune), among others, e.g ., anti-PD1 antibodies disclosed in US 8,609,089 , US 2010028330 , and/or US 20120114649 .
  • the PD- 1 inhibitor is an immunoadhesin (e.g ., an immunoadhesin comprising an extracellular or PD- 1 binding portion of PD-L 1 or PD-L2 fused to a constant region (e.g., an Fc region of an immunoglobulin sequence).
  • the PD-1 inhibitor is AMP-224.
  • AMP-224 (B7-DCIg; Amplimmune; e.g., disclosed in WO2010/027827 and WO2011/066342 ), is a PD-L2 Fc fusion soluble receptor that blocks the interaction between PD1 and B7-H1.
  • anti-PD-L1 antibodies or soluble polypeptide inhibitors can be used.
  • the PD-L1 inhibitor is anti-PD-L1 antibody.
  • the anti-PD-L1 binding antagonist is chosen from YW243.55.S70, MPDL3280A or MDX-1105.
  • MDX-1105 also known as BMS-936559, is an anti-PD-L1 antibody described in WO2007/005874 .
  • MDPL3280A (Genentech / Roche) is a human Fc optimized IgG1 monoclonal antibody that binds to PD-L1.
  • MDPL3280A and other human monoclonal antibodies to PD-L1 are disclosed in U.S.
  • Antibody YW243.55.S70 (heavy and light chain variable region sequences shown in SEQ ID Nos. 20 and 21 , respectively) is an anti-PD-L1 described in WO 2010/077634 .
  • anti-CTLA4 antibodies that can be used in the methods disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, Tremelimumab (IgG2 monoclonal antibody available from Pfizer, formerly known as ticilimumab, CP-675,206); and Ipilimumab (CTLA-4 antibody, also known as MDX-010, CAS No. 477202-00-9 ).
  • CTLA-4 e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,811,097
  • CTLA-4 inhibitor e.g., CP-675,206, ipilimumab
  • Inhibition or blockade of PD-1 or PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA-4 function can block the establishment and progression of similar malignancies.
  • the agents of the present invention described herein that modulate the interaction between, for example, PD-1 or PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA-4, whether directly or indirectly, can upregulate or downregulate the immune system and, thereby, upregulate or downregulate an immune response.
  • PD-1, PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 and CTLA-4 are immune checkpoint regulators that deliver co-inhibitory immune signals.
  • agents that neutralize an activity of PD-1 or PD-L1 and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA-4 can prevent inhibitory signaling and upregulate an immune response.
  • agents which directly block the interaction between PD-1 or PD-L1 and its natural receptor(s), and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA-4 and its natural receptor(s) e.g ., blocking antibodies
  • agents that indirectly block the interaction between PD-1 or PD-L1 and its natural receptor(s), and TIM-3, LAG-3 or CTLA-4 and its natural receptor(s) can prevent inhibitory signaling and upregulate an immune response.
  • soluble B7-1 or soluble PD-1 by binding to a PD-L1 polypeptide indirectly reduces the effective concentration of PD-L1 polypeptide available to bind to the immunoinhibitor receptor, PD-1.
  • agents for upregulating an immune response include antibodies against PD-1, PD-L1, LAG-3, CTLA-4 and/or TIM-3 that block the interaction between the immune checkpoint regulator and its natural receptor(s); a non-activating form of PD-1, PD-L1, LAG-3, CTLA-4 and/or TIM-3 (e.g., a dominant negative polypeptide), small molecules or peptides that block the interaction between the immune checkpoint regulator and its natural receptor(s); fusion proteins (e.g.
  • nucleic acid molecules that block PD-1, PD-L1, LAG-3, CTLA-4 and/or TIM-3 gene expression, e.g., transcription or translation; and the like.
  • Additional agents useful in the methods of the present invention include antibodies, small molecules, peptides, peptidomimetics, natural ligands, and derivatives of natural ligands, that can either bind and/or inactivate or inhibit protein biomarkers of the invention, including the biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragments thereof; as well as RNA interference, antisense, nucleic acid aptamers, etc. that can downregulate the expression and/or activity of the biomarkers of the invention, including the biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragments thereof.
  • nucleic acid molecules that specifically hybridize with or encode one or more biomarkers of the invention, listed in Table 1 for example, or biologically active portions thereof.
  • nucleic acid molecule is intended to include DNA molecules (i.e., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (i.e., mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs.
  • the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • An "isolated" nucleic acid molecule is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid.
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and 3' ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecules corresponding to the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 or described herein can contain less than about 5 kb, 4kb, 3kb, 2kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived ( i.e., a lymphoma cell).
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
  • a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention e.g., a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 or a nucleotide sequence which is at least about 50%, preferably at least about 60%, more preferably at least about 70%, yet more preferably at least about 80%, still more preferably at least about 90%, and most preferably at least about 95% or more ( e.g ., about 98%) homologous to the nucleotide sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 or a portion thereof (i.e., 100, 200, 300, 400, 450, 500, or more nucleotides), can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques and the sequence information provided herein.
  • a human cDNA can be isolated from a human cell line using all or portion of the nucleic acid molecule, or fragment thereof, as a hybridization probe and standard hybridization techniques (i.e., as described in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989 ).
  • nucleic acid molecule encompassing all or a portion of the nucleotide sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 or a nucleotide sequence which is at least about 50%, preferably at least about 60%, more preferably at least about 70%, yet more preferably at least about 80%, still more preferably at least about 90%, and most preferably at least about 95% or more homologous to the nucleotide sequence, or fragment thereof, can be isolated by the polymerase chain reaction using oligonucleotide primers designed based upon the sequence of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof, or the homologous nucleotide sequence.
  • mRNA can be isolated from muscle cells (i.e., by the guanidinium-thiocyanate extraction procedure of Chirgwin et al. (1979) Biochemistry 18: 5294-5299 ) and cDNA can be prepared using reverse transcriptase (i.e., Moloney MLV reverse transcriptase, available from Gibco/BRL, Bethesda, MD; or AMV reverse transcriptase, available from Seikagaku America, Inc., St. Russia, FL).
  • reverse transcriptase i.e., Moloney MLV reverse transcriptase, available from Gibco/BRL, Bethesda, MD; or AMV reverse transcriptase, available from Seikagaku America, Inc., St. Russia, FL.
  • Synthetic oligonucleotide primers for PCR amplification can be designed according to well-known methods in the art.
  • a nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA or, alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
  • the nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
  • oligonucleotides corresponding to the nucleotide sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, i.e., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
  • Probes based on the nucleotide sequences of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 can be used to detect or confirm the desired transcripts or genomic sequences encoding the same or homologous proteins.
  • the probe further comprises a label group attached thereto, i.e., the label group can be a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor.
  • Such probes can be used as a part of a diagnostic test kit for identifying cells or tissue which express one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, such as by measuring a level of one or more biomarkers nucleic acid in a sample of cells from a subject, i.e., detecting mRNA levels of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding proteins corresponding to one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or portions thereof, from different species are also contemplated.
  • rat or monkey cDNA can be identified based on the nucleotide sequence of a human and/or mouse sequence and such sequences are well known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid molecule(s) of the invention encodes a protein or portion thereof which includes an amino acid sequence which is sufficiently homologous to an amino acid sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, such that the protein or portion thereof modulates (e.g., enhance), one or more of the following biological activities: a) binding to the biomarker; b) modulating the copy number of the biomarker; c) modulating the expression level of the biomarker; and d) modulating the activity level of the biomarker.
  • the language "sufficiently homologous” refers to proteins or portions thereof which have amino acid sequences which include a minimum number of identical or equivalent (e.g., an amino acid residue which has a similar side chain as an amino acid residue in one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof) amino acid residues to an amino acid sequence of the biomarker, or fragment thereof, such that the protein or portion thereof modulates (e.g., enhance) one or more of the following biological activities: a) binding to the biomarker; b) modulating the copy number of the biomarker; c) modulating the expression level of the biomarker; and d) modulating the activity level of the biomarker.
  • a minimum number of identical or equivalent e.g., an amino acid residue which has a similar side chain as an amino acid residue in one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof
  • amino acid residues to an amino acid sequence of the biomarker, or fragment thereof such that the protein or portion thereof modulates (e.g., enhance) one or more of
  • the protein is at least about 50%, preferably at least about 60%, more preferably at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more homologous to the entire amino acid sequence of the biomarker, or a fragment thereof.
  • Portions of proteins encoded by nucleic acid molecules of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 are preferably biologically active portions of the protein.
  • biologically active portion of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 is intended to include a portion, e.g., a domain/motif, that has one or more of the biological activities of the full-length protein.
  • Standard binding assays e.g., immunoprecipitations and yeast two-hybrid assays, as described herein, or functional assays, e.g., RNAi or overexpression experiments, can be performed to determine the ability of the protein or a biologically active fragment thereof to maintain a biological activity of the full-length protein.
  • the invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof due to degeneracy of the genetic code and thus encode the same protein as that encoded by the nucleotide sequence, or fragment thereof.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof, or a protein having an amino acid sequence which is at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more homologous to the amino acid sequence of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof.
  • a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide consists of nucleic acid sequence encoding a portion of a full-length fragment of interest that is less than 195, 190, 185, 180, 175, 170, 165, 160, 155, 150, 145, 140, 135, 130, 125, 120, 115, 110, 105, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, or 70 amino acids in length.
  • DNA sequence polymorphisms that lead to changes in the amino acid sequences of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 may exist within a population ( e.g., a mammalian and/or human population). Such genetic polymorphisms may exist among individuals within a population due to natural allelic variation.
  • the terms "gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules comprising an open reading frame encoding one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, preferably a mammalian, e.g., human, protein.
  • Such natural allelic variations can typically result in 1-5% variance in the nucleotide sequence of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • nucleotide variations and resulting amino acid polymorphisms in the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 that are the result of natural allelic variation and that do not alter the functional activity of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
  • allelic variants of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 that may exist in the population
  • changes can be introduced by mutation into the nucleotide sequence, or fragment thereof, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of the encoded one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, without altering the functional ability of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at "non-essential" amino acid residues can be made in the sequence, or fragment thereof.
  • non-essential amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 without altering the activity of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, whereas an "essential" amino acid residue is required for the activity of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • Other amino acid residues e.g., those that are not conserved or only semi-conserved between mouse and human
  • the comparison of sequences and determination of percent homology between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
  • the alignment can be performed using the Clustal Method.
  • the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol. (48):444-453 (1970 )) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available online), using either a Blossom 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available online), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • the percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences is determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller (CABIOS, 4:11-17 (1989 )) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) (available online), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein homologous to one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment thereof can be created by introducing one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions or deletions into the nucleotide sequence, or fragment thereof, or a homologous nucleotide sequence such that one or more amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions are introduced into the encoded protein. Mutations can be introduced by standard techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR-mediated mutagenesis. Preferably, conservative amino acid substitutions are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues. A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain.
  • Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains ( e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), branched side chains ( e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains ( e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine
  • acidic side chains e.
  • a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of the coding sequence of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for an activity described herein to identify mutants that retain desired activity.
  • the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly according to well-known methods in the art and the activity of the protein can be determined using, for example, assays described herein.
  • the levels of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 may be assessed by any of a wide variety of well-known methods for detecting expression of a transcribed molecule or protein.
  • Non-limiting examples of such methods include immunological methods for detection of proteins, protein purification methods, protein function or activity assays, nucleic acid hybridization methods, nucleic acid reverse transcription methods, and nucleic acid amplification methods.
  • the levels of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 are ascertained by measuring gene transcript (e.g., mRNA), by a measure of the quantity of translated protein, or by a measure of gene product activity.
  • Gene transcript e.g., mRNA
  • Expression levels can be monitored in a variety of ways, including by detecting mRNA levels, protein levels, or protein activity, any of which can be measured using standard techniques. Detection can involve quantification of the level of gene expression (e.g., genomic DNA, cDNA, mRNA, protein, or enzyme activity), or, alternatively, can be a qualitative assessment of the level of gene expression, in particular in comparison with a control level. The type of level being detected will be clear from the context.
  • the mRNA expression level can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats in a biological sample using methods known in the art.
  • biological sample is intended to include tissues, cells, biological fluids and isolates thereof, isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject.
  • Many expression detection methods use isolated RNA.
  • any RNA isolation technique that does not select against the isolation of mRNA can be utilized for the purification of RNA from cells (see, e.g., Ausubel et al., ed., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1987-1999 ).
  • large numbers of tissue samples can readily be processed using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, such as, for example, the single-step RNA isolation process of Chomczynski (1989, U.S. Patent No. 4,843,155 ).
  • the isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays.
  • One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected.
  • the nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length cDNA, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to a mRNA or genomic DNA encoding one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays of the invention are described herein. Hybridization of an mRNA with the probe indicates that one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 is being expressed.
  • the mRNA is immobilized on a solid surface and contacted with a probe, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose.
  • the probe(s) are immobilized on a solid surface and the mRNA is contacted with the probe(s), for example, in a gene chip array, e.g., an AffymetrixTM gene chip array.
  • a gene chip array e.g., an AffymetrixTM gene chip array.
  • a skilled artisan can readily adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • An alternative method for determining mRNA expression level in a sample involves the process of nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by RT-PCR (the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, 1987, U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202 ), ligase chain reaction ( Barany, 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:189-193 ), self-sustained sequence replication ( Guatelli et al., 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1874-1878 ), transcriptional amplification system ( Kwoh et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • RT-PCR the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, 1987, U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202
  • ligase chain reaction Barany, 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:189-193
  • self-sustained sequence replication Guatelli et al., 1990, Proc. Nat
  • amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5' or 3' regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between.
  • amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.
  • mRNA does not need to be isolated from the cells prior to detection.
  • a cell or tissue sample is prepared/processed using known histological methods. The sample is then immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to the one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • determinations may be based on the normalized expression level of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1.
  • Expression levels are normalized by correcting the absolute expression level by comparing its expression to the expression of a non-biomarker gene, e.g., a housekeeping gene that is constitutively expressed. Suitable genes for normalization include housekeeping genes such as the actin gene, or epithelial cell-specific genes. This normalization allows the comparison of the expression level in one sample, e.g., a subject sample, to another sample, e.g., a normal sample, or between samples from different sources.
  • the level or activity of a protein corresponding to one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 can also be detected and/or quantified by detecting or quantifying the expressed polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide can be detected and quantified by any of a number of means well known to those of skill in the art.
  • analytic biochemical methods such as electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), hyperdiffusion chromatography, and the like, or various immunological methods such as fluid or gel precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion (single or double), immunoelectrophoresis, radioimmunoassay (RIA), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunofluorescent assays, Western blotting, and the like.
  • analytic biochemical methods such as electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), hyperdiffusion chromatography, and the like
  • immunological methods such as fluid or gel precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion (single or double), immunoelectrophoresis, radioimmunoassay (RIA), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunofluorescent assays, Western blotting, and
  • the present invention further provides soluble, purified and/or isolated polypeptide forms of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragments thereof.
  • any and all attributes of the polypeptides described herein, such as percentage identities, polypeptide lengths, polypeptide fragments, biological activities, antibodies, etc. can be combined in any order or combination with respect to any biomarker listed in Table 1 and combinations thereof.
  • a polypeptide may comprise a full-length amino acid sequence corresponding to one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 or a full-length amino acid sequence with 1 to about 20 conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • An amino acid sequence of any described herein can also be at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or 99.5% identical to the full-length sequence of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, which is either described herein, well known in the art, or a fragment thereof.
  • the present invention contemplates a composition comprising an isolated polypeptide corresponding to one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 and less than about 25%, or alternatively 15%, or alternatively 5%, contaminating biological macromolecules or polypeptides.
  • compositions related to producing, detecting, or characterizing such polypeptides, or fragment thereof, such as nucleic acids, vectors, host cells, and the like may serve as compounds that modulate the expression and/or activity of one or more biomarkers described herein or, for example, listed in Table 1.
  • An isolated polypeptide or a fragment thereof (or a nucleic acid encoding such a polypeptide) corresponding to one or more biomarkers of the invention, including the biomarkers listed in Table 1 or fragments thereof, can be used as an immunogen to generate antibodies that bind to said immunogen, using standard techniques for polyclonal and monoclonal antibody preparation according to well-known methods in the art.
  • An antigenic peptide comprises at least 8 amino acid residues and encompasses an epitope present in the respective full length molecule such that an antibody raised against the peptide forms a specific immune complex with the respective full length molecule.
  • the antigenic peptide comprises at least 10 amino acid residues.
  • such epitopes can be specific for a given polypeptide molecule from one species, such as mouse or human (i.e ., an antigenic peptide that spans a region of the polypeptide molecule that is not conserved across species is used as immunogen; such non conserved residues can be determined using an alignment such as that provided herein).
  • an antibody binds substantially specifically to PD-L1 and inhibits or blocks its immunoinhibitory function, such as by interrupting its interaction with an inhibitory receptor like PD-1.
  • an antibody binds substantially specifically to TIM-3 and inhibits or blocks its immunoinhibitory function, such as by interrupting its interaction with galectin-9 or phosphatidylserine.
  • a polypeptide immunogen typically is used to prepare antibodies by immunizing a suitable subject (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) with the immunogen.
  • An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, a recombinantly expressed or chemically synthesized molecule or fragment thereof to which the immune response is to be generated.
  • the preparation can further include an adjuvant, such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant, or similar immunostimulatory agent. Immunization of a suitable subject with an immunogenic preparation induces a polyclonal antibody response to the antigenic peptide contained therein.
  • Polyclonal antibodies can be prepared as described above by immunizing a suitable subject with a polypeptide immunogen.
  • the polypeptide antibody titer in the immunized subject can be monitored over time by standard techniques, such as with an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) using immobilized polypeptide.
  • ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
  • the antibody directed against the antigen can be isolated from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) and further purified by well-known techniques, such as protein A chromatography, to obtain the IgG fraction.
  • antibody-producing cells can be obtained from the subject and used to prepare monoclonal antibodies by standard techniques, such as the hybridoma technique (originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975) Nature 256:495-497 ) (see also Brown et al. (1981) J. Immunol. 127:539-46 ; Brown et al. (1980) J. Biol. Chem. 255:4980-83 ; Yeh et al. (1976) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 76:2927-31 ; Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J.
  • an immortal cell line typically a myeloma
  • lymphocytes typically splenocytes
  • the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened to identify a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody that binds to the polypeptide antigen, preferably specifically.
  • any of the many well-known protocols used for fusing lymphocytes and immortalized cell lines can be applied for the purpose of generating a monoclonal antibody against one or more biomarkers of the invention, including the biomarkers listed in Table 1, or a fragment thereof (see, e.g., Galfre, G. et al. (1977) Nature 266:55052 ; Gefter et al. (1977) supra ; Lerner (1981) supra ; Kenneth (1980) supra ).
  • the immortal cell line e.g., a myeloma cell line
  • the immortal cell line is derived from the same mammalian species as the lymphocytes.
  • murine hybridomas can be made by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the present invention with an immortalized mouse cell line.
  • Preferred immortal cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines that are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine ("HAT medium").
  • HAT medium culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine
  • Any of a number of myeloma cell lines can be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques, e.g ., the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, MD.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol ("PEG").
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, which kills unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed).
  • Hybridoma cells producing a monoclonal antibody of the invention are detected by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for antibodies that bind a given polypeptide, e.g ., using a standard ELISA assay.
  • a monoclonal specific for one of the above described polypeptides can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g ., an antibody phage display library) with the appropriate polypeptide to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind the polypeptide.
  • Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, Catalog No. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAP TM Phage Display Kit, Catalog No. 240612).
  • examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening an antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409 ; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619 ; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271 ; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791 ; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679 ; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288 ; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047 ; Garrard et al.
  • the recombinant monoclonal antibodies of the present invention prepared as set forth above preferably comprise the heavy and light chain CDR3s of variable regions of the antibodies described herein and well known in the art.
  • the antibodies can further comprise the CDR2s of variable regions of said antibodies.
  • the antibodies can further comprise the CDR1s of variable regions of said antibodies.
  • the antibodies can comprise any combinations of the CDRs.
  • the CDR1, 2, and/or 3 regions of the engineered antibodies described above can comprise the exact amino acid sequence(s) as those of variable regions of the present invention disclosed herein. However, the ordinarily skilled artisan will appreciate that some deviation from the exact CDR sequences may be possible while still retaining the ability of the antibody to bind a desired target, such as PD-L1, TIM-3, or LAG-3 effectively ( e.g ., conservative sequence modifications).
  • the engineered antibody may be composed of one or more CDRs that are, for example, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 99.5% identical to one or more CDRs of the present invention described herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • non-human or human antibodies e.g ., a rat anti-mouse/antihuman PD-L1 antibody
  • a rat anti-mouse/antihuman PD-L1 antibody can be used to create structurally related human antibodies that retain at least one functional property of the antibodies of the present invention, such as binding to PD-L1, TIM-3, or LAG-3.
  • Another functional property includes inhibiting binding of the original known, non-human or human antibodies in a competition ELISA assay.
  • monoclonal antibodies capable of binding and inhibiting/blocking PD-L1, TIM-3, and/or LAG-3 comprising a heavy chain wherein the variable domain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or 100% identical from the group of heavy chain variable domain CDRs presented herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • variable domain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or 100% identical from the group of light chain variable domain CDRs presented herein or otherwise publicly available, are also provided.
  • the monoclonal antibodies of the present invention can comprise a heavy chain, wherein the variable domain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence selected from the group consisting of the heavy chain variable domain CDRs presented herein or otherwise publicly available and a light chain, wherein the variable domain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence selected from the group consisting of the light chain variable domain CDRs presented herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • Such monoclonal antibodies can comprise a light chain, wherein the variable domain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence selected from the group consisting of CDR-L1, CDR-L2, and CDR-L3, as described herein; and/or a heavy chain, wherein the variable domain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence selected from the group consisting of CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3, as described herein.
  • the monoclonal antibodies capable of binding human Gall comprises or consists of CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3, CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3, as described herein.
  • the heavy chain variable domain of the monoclonal antibodies of the present invention can comprise or consist of the vH amino acid sequence set forth herein or otherwise publicly available and/or the light chain variable domain of the monoclonal antibodies of the present invention can comprise or consist of the v ⁇ amino acid sequence set forth herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • the present invention further provides fragments of said monoclonal antibodies which include, but are not limited to, Fv, Fab, F(ab')2, Fab', dsFv, scFv, sc(Fv)2 and diabodies; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • immunoglobulin heavy and/or light chains are provided, wherein the variable domains thereof comprise at least a CDR presented herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • the immunoglobulin heavy chain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or 100% identical from the group of heavy chain or light chain variable domain CDRs presented herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • an immunoglobulin light chain comprises at least a CDR having a sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or 100% identical from the group of light chain or heavy chain variable domain CDRs presented herein or otherwise publicly available, are also provided.
  • the immunoglobulin heavy and/or light chain comprises a variable domain comprising at least one of CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3, CDR-H1, CDR-H2, or CDR-H3 described herein.
  • Such immunoglobulin heavy chains can comprise or consist of at least one of CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3.
  • Such immunoglobulin light chains can comprise or consist of at least one of CDR-L1, CDR-L2, and CDR-L3.
  • an immunoglobulin heavy and/or light chain according to the present invention comprises or consists of a vH or v ⁇ variable domain sequence, respectively, provided herein or otherwise publicly available.
  • the present invention further provides polypeptides which have a sequence selected from the group consisting of vH variable domain, v ⁇ variable domain, CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3, CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3 sequences described herein.
  • Antibodies, immunoglobulins, and polypeptides of the invention can be used in an isolated (e.g., purified) form or contained in a vector, such as a membrane or lipid vesicle (e.g. a liposome).
  • a vector such as a membrane or lipid vesicle (e.g. a liposome).
  • Amino acid sequence modification(s) of the antibodies described herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. It is known that when a humanized antibody is produced by simply grafting only CDRs in VH and VL of an antibody derived from a non-human animal in FRs of the VH and VL of a human antibody, the antigen binding activity is reduced in comparison with that of the original antibody derived from a non-human animal. It is considered that several amino acid residues of the VH and VL of the non-human antibody, not only in CDRs but also in FRs, are directly or indirectly associated with the antigen binding activity.
  • substitution of these amino acid residues with different amino acid residues derived from FRs of the VH and VL of the human antibody would reduce binding activity and can be corrected by replacing the amino acids with amino acid residues of the original antibody derived from a non-human animal.
  • Modifications and changes may be made in the structure of the antibodies described herein, and in the DNA sequences encoding them, and still obtain a functional molecule that encodes an antibody and polypeptide with desirable characteristics.
  • certain amino acids may be substituted by other amino acids in a protein structure without appreciable loss of activity.
  • the interactive capacity and nature of a protein define the protein's biological functional activity, certain amino acid substitutions can be made in a protein sequence, and, of course, in its DNA encoding sequence, while nevertheless obtaining a protein with like properties. It is thus contemplated that various changes may be made in the antibodies sequences of the invention, or corresponding DNA sequences which encode said polypeptides, without appreciable loss of their biological activity.
  • the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered.
  • the importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art. It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
  • Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of their hydrophobicity and charge characteristics these are: isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (-0.7); serine (-0.8); tryptophane (-0.9); tyrosine (-1.3); proline (-1.6); histidine (-3.2); glutamate (-3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate ( ⁇ RTI 3.5); asparagine (-3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (-4.5).
  • amino acid substitutions are generally therefore based on the relative similarity of the amino acid side-chain substituents, for example, their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and the like.
  • Exemplary substitutions which take various of the foregoing characteristics into consideration are well known to those of skill in the art and include: arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine.
  • Another type of amino acid modification of the antibody of the invention may be useful for altering the original glycosylation pattern of the antibody to, for example, increase stability.
  • altering is meant deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in the antibody, and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the antibody.
  • Glycosylation of antibodies is typically N-linked.
  • N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
  • the tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagines-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
  • glycosylation sites are conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
  • Another type of covalent modification involves chemically or enzymatically coupling glycosides to the antibody.
  • the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, orhydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
  • arginine and histidine free carboxyl groups
  • free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine
  • free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, orhydroxyproline
  • aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan
  • the amide group of glutamine For example, such methods are described in WO87/05330 .
  • any carbohydrate moieties present on the antibody may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically.
  • Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the antibody to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the antibody intact.
  • Chemical deglycosylation is described by Sojahr et al. (1987) and by Edge et al. (1981).
  • Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on antibodies can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al. (1987).
  • antibodies or proteins are covalently linked to one of a variety of non proteinaceous polymers, e.g ., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835 ; 4,496,689 ; 4,301,144 ; 4,670,417 ; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337 .
  • non proteinaceous polymers e.g ., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes
  • Conjugation of antibodies or other proteins of the present invention with heterologous agents can be made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents including but not limited to N-succinimidyl (2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl (N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5
  • MX-DTPA carbon labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid
  • the present invention features antibodies conjugated to a therapeutic moiety, such as a cytotoxin, a drug, and/or a radioisotope.
  • a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a drug, and/or a radioisotope.
  • these antibody conjugates are referred to as "immunotoxins.”
  • a cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to ( e.g., kills) cells.
  • Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g ., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g ., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g ., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics ( e.g ., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitomit
  • An antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to a radioisotope, e.g ., radioactive iodine, to generate cytotoxic radiopharmaceuticals for treating a related disorder, such as a cancer.
  • a radioisotope e.g ., radioactive iodine
  • Conjugated antibodies in addition to therapeutic utility, can be useful for diagnostically or prognostically to monitor polypeptide levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling ( i e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance.
  • detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin (PE); an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 125 I, 131 I, 35 S, or 3 H.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable pros
  • labeling is intended to encompass direct labeling of the antibody by coupling ( i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance, such as a radioactive agent or a fluorophore (e.g. fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) or phycoerythrin (PE) or Indocyanine (Cy5)) to the antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance.
  • a detectable substance such as a radioactive agent or a fluorophore (e.g. fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) or phycoerythrin (PE) or Indocyanine (Cy5)
  • the antibody conjugates of the present invention can be used to modify a given biological response.
  • the therapeutic moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents.
  • the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity.
  • proteins may include, for example, an enzymatically active toxin, or active fragment thereof, such as abrin, ricin A, Pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor or interferon-.gamma.; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 ("IL-1"), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other cytokines or growth factors.
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • conjugations can be made using a "cleavable linker" facilitating release of the cytotoxic agent or growth inhibitory agent in a cell.
  • a "cleavable linker” facilitating release of the cytotoxic agent or growth inhibitory agent in a cell.
  • an acid-labile linker, peptidase-sensitive linker, photolabile linker, dimethyl linker or disulfide-containing linker See e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 ) may be used.
  • a fusion protein comprising the antibody and cytotoxic agent or growth inhibitory agent may be made, by recombinant techniques or peptide synthesis.
  • the length of DNA may comprise respective regions encoding the two portions of the conjugate either adjacent one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide which does not destroy the desired properties of the conjugate.
  • recombinant polypeptide antibodies such as chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can be made using standard recombinant DNA techniques, are within the scope of the invention.
  • Such chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, for example using methods described in Robinson et al. International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269 ; Akira et al. European Patent Application 184,187 ; Taniguchi, M. European Patent Application 171,496 ; Morrison et al. European Patent Application 173,494 ; Neuberger et al. PCT Application WO 86/01533 ; Cabilly et al.
  • humanized antibodies can be made according to standard protocols such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 5,565,332 .
  • antibody chains or specific binding pair members can be produced by recombination between vectors comprising nucleic acid molecules encoding a fusion of a polypeptide chain of a specific binding pair member and a component of a replicable generic display package and vectors containing nucleic acid molecules encoding a second polypeptide chain of a single binding pair member using techniques known in the art, e.g., as described in U.S. Patents 5,565,332 , 5,871,907 , or 5,733,743 .
  • Fully human antibodies could be made against biomarkers of the invention, including the biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragments thereof.
  • Fully human antibodies can be made in mice that are transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes, e.g. according to Hogan, et al., "Manipulating the Mouse Embryo: A Laboratory Manuel," Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory . Briefly, transgenic mice are immunized with purified immunogen. Spleen cells are harvested and fused to myeloma cells to produce hybridomas. Hybridomas are selected based on their ability to produce antibodies which bind to the immunogen. Fully human antibodies would reduce the immunogenicity of such antibodies in a human.
  • an antibody for use in the instant invention is a bispecific or multispecific antibody.
  • a bispecific antibody has binding sites for two different antigens within a single antibody polypeptide. Antigen binding may be simultaneous or sequential.
  • Triomas and hybrid hybridomas are two examples of cell lines that can secrete bispecific antibodies. Examples of bispecific antibodies produced by a hybrid hybridoma or a trioma are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,474,893 . Bispecific antibodies have been constructed by chemical means ( Staerz et al. (1985) Nature 314:628 , and Perez et al. (1985) Nature 316:354 ) and hybridoma technology ( Staerz and Bevan (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Bispecific antibodies are also described in U.S. Patent 5,959,084 . Fragments of bispecific antibodies are described in U.S. Patent 5,798,229 .
  • Bispecific agents can also be generated by making heterohybridomas by fusing hybridomas or other cells making different antibodies, followed by identification of clones producing and co-assembling both antibodies. They can also be generated by chemical or genetic conjugation of complete immunoglobulin chains or portions thereof such as Fab and Fv sequences.
  • the antibody component can bind to a polypeptide or a fragment thereof of one or more biomarkers of the invention, including one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or a fragment thereof.
  • the bispecific antibody could specifically bind to both a polypeptide or a fragment thereof and its natural binding partner(s) or a fragment(s) thereof.
  • peptides or peptide mimetics can be used to antagonize the activity of one or more biomarkers of the invention, including one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or a fragment(s) thereof.
  • variants of one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1 which function as a modulating agent for the respective full length protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g ., truncation mutants, for antagonist activity.
  • a variegated library of variants is generated by combinatorial mutagenesis at the nucleic acid level and is encoded by a variegated gene library.
  • a variegated library of variants can be produced, for instance, by enzymatically ligating a mixture of synthetic oligonucleotides into gene sequences such that a degenerate set of potential polypeptide sequences is expressible as individual polypeptides containing the set of polypeptide sequences therein.
  • methods which can be used to produce libraries of polypeptide variants from a degenerate oligonucleotide sequence. Chemical synthesis of a degenerate gene sequence can be performed in an automatic DNA synthesizer, and the synthetic gene then ligated into an appropriate expression vector.
  • degenerate set of genes allows for the provision, in one mixture, of all of the sequences encoding the desired set of potential polypeptide sequences.
  • Methods for synthesizing degenerate oligonucleotides are known in the art (see, e.g., Narang, S. A. (1983) Tetrahedron 39:3 ; Itakura et al. (1984) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323 ; Itakura et al. (1984) Science 198:1056 ; Ike et al. (1983) Nucleic Acid Res. 11:477 .
  • libraries of fragments of a polypeptide coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of polypeptide fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a given polypeptide.
  • a library of coding sequence fragments can be generated by treating a double stranded PCR fragment of a polypeptide coding sequence with a nuclease under conditions wherein nicking occurs only about once per polypeptide, denaturing the double stranded DNA, renaturing the DNA to form double stranded DNA which can include sense/antisense pairs from different nicked products, removing single stranded portions from reformed duplexes by treatment with S1 nuclease, and ligating the resulting fragment library into an expression vector.
  • an expression library can be derived which encodes N-terminal, C-terminal and internal fragments of various sizes of the polypeptide.
  • REM Recursive ensemble mutagenesis
  • REM Recursive ensemble mutagenesis
  • a technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify variants of interest.
  • cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated polypeptide library.
  • a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line which ordinarily synthesizes one or more biomarkers of the invention, including one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or a fragment thereof.
  • transfected cells are then cultured such that the full length polypeptide and a particular mutant polypeptide are produced and the effect of expression of the mutant on the full length polypeptide activity in cell supernatants can be detected, e.g ., by any of a number of functional assays.
  • Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of full length polypeptide activity, and the individual clones further characterized.
  • Systematic substitution of one or more amino acids of a polypeptide amino acid sequence with a D-amino acid of the same type can be used to generate more stable peptides.
  • constrained peptides comprising a polypeptide amino acid sequence of interest or a substantially identical sequence variation can be generated by methods known in the art ( Rizo and Gierasch (1992) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 61:387 , incorporated herein by reference); for example, by adding internal cysteine residues capable of forming intramolecular disulfide bridges which cyclize the peptide.
  • polypeptides corresponding peptide sequences and sequence variants thereof.
  • Such polypeptides can be produced in prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells by expression of polynucleotides encoding the peptide sequence, frequently as part of a larger polypeptide.
  • peptides can be synthesized by chemical methods. Methods for expression of heterologous proteins in recombinant hosts, chemical synthesis of polypeptides, and in vitro translation are well known in the art and are described further in Maniatis et al.
  • Peptides can be produced, typically by direct chemical synthesis. Peptides can be produced as modified peptides, with nonpeptide moieties attached by covalent linkage to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus. In certain preferred embodiments, either the carboxy-terminus or the amino-terminus, or both, are chemically modified. The most common modifications of the terminal amino and carboxyl groups are acetylation and amidation, respectively. Amino-terminal modifications such as acylation (e.g., acetylation) or alkylation ( e.g., methylation) and carboxy-terminal-modifications such as amidation, as well as other terminal modifications, including cyclization, can be incorporated into various embodiments of the invention.
  • acylation e.g., acetylation
  • alkylation e.g., methylation
  • carboxy-terminal-modifications such as amidation, as well as other terminal modifications, including cyclization
  • Certain amino-terminal and/or carboxy-terminal modifications and/or peptide extensions to the core sequence can provide advantageous physical, chemical, biochemical, and pharmacological properties, such as: enhanced stability, increased potency and/or efficacy, resistance to serum proteases, desirable pharmacokinetic properties, and others.
  • Peptides disclosed herein can be used therapeutically to treat disease, e.g ., by altering costimulation in a patient.
  • Peptidomimetics Fauchere (1986) Adv. Drug Res. 15:29 ; Veber and Freidinger (1985) TINS p.392 ; and Evans et al. (1987) J. Med. Chem. 30:1229 , which are incorporated herein by reference
  • Peptide mimetics that are structurally similar to therapeutically useful peptides can be used to produce an equivalent therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
  • a particularly preferred non-peptide linkage is -CH2NH-.
  • Such peptide mimetics may have significant advantages over polypeptide embodiments, including, for example: more economical production, greater chemical stability, enhanced pharmacological properties (half-life, absorption, potency, efficacy, etc.), altered specificity (e.g., a broad-spectrum of biological activities), reduced antigenicity, and others.
  • Labeling of peptidomimetics usually involves covalent attachment of one or more labels, directly or through a spacer (e.g ., an amide group), to non-interfering position(s) on the peptidomimetic that are predicted by quantitative structure-activity data and/or molecular modeling.
  • Such non-interfering positions generally are positions that do not form direct contacts with the macropolypeptides(s) to which the peptidomimetic binds to produce the therapeutic effect.
  • Derivatization (e.g ., labeling) of peptidomimetics should not substantially interfere with the desired biological or pharmacological activity of the peptidomimetic.
  • small molecules which can modulate (either enhance or inhibit) interactions, e.g., between biomarkers described herein or listed in Table 1 and their natural binding partners.
  • the small molecules of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. ( Lam, K. S. (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145 ).
  • Compounds can be screened in cell based or non-cell based assays. Compounds can be screened in pools (e.g. multiple compounds in each testing sample) or as individual compounds.
  • the invention also relates to chimeric or fusion proteins of the biomarkers of the invention, including the biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragments thereof.
  • a "chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” comprises one or more biomarkers of the invention, including one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or a fragment thereof, operatively linked to another polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the respective biomarker.
  • the fusion protein comprises at least one biologically active portion of one or more biomarkers of the invention, including one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragments thereof.
  • the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the biomarker sequences and the non-biomarker sequences are fused in-frame to each other in such a way as to preserve functions exhibited when expressed independently of the fusion.
  • the "another" sequences can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the biomarker sequences, respectively.
  • Such a fusion protein can be produced by recombinant expression of a nucleotide sequence encoding the first peptide and a nucleotide sequence encoding the second peptide.
  • the second peptide may optionally correspond to a moiety that alters the solubility, affinity, stability or valency of the first peptide, for example, an immunoglobulin constant region.
  • the first peptide consists of a portion of a biologically active molecule (e.g. the extracellular portion of the polypeptide or the ligand binding portion).
  • the second peptide can include an immunoglobulin constant region, for example, a human C ⁇ 1 domain or Cy 4 domain (e.g., the hinge, CH2 and CH3 regions of human IgC ⁇ 1, or human IgCy4, see e.g., Capon et al. U.S. Patents 5,116,964 ; 5,580,756 ; 5,844,095 and the like, incorporated herein by reference).
  • Such constant regions may retain regions which mediate effector function (e.g. Fc receptor binding) or may be altered to reduce effector function.
  • a resulting fusion protein may have altered solubility, binding affinity, stability and/or valency (i.e., the number of binding sites available per polypeptide) as compared to the independently expressed first peptide, and may increase the efficiency of protein purification.
  • Fusion proteins and peptides produced by recombinant techniques can be secreted and isolated from a mixture of cells and medium containing the protein or peptide. Alternatively, the protein or peptide can be retained cytoplasmically and the cells harvested, lysed and the protein isolated.
  • a cell culture typically includes host cells, media and other byproducts. Suitable media for cell culture are well known in the art. Protein and peptides can be isolated from cell culture media, host cells, or both using techniques known in the art for purifying proteins and peptides. Techniques for transfecting host cells and purifying proteins and peptides are known in the art.
  • a fusion protein of the invention is produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques.
  • DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992 ).
  • Ig fusion proteins include the extracellular domain portion or variable region-like domain of PD-L1, TIM-3, LAG-3, or other biomarker listed in Table 1, coupled to an immunoglobulin constant region (e.g., the Fc region).
  • the immunoglobulin constant region may contain genetic modifications which reduce or eliminate effector activity inherent in the immunoglobulin structure.
  • DNA encoding the extracellular portion of a polypeptide of interest can be joined to DNA encoding the hinge, CH2 and CH3 regions of human IgG ⁇ 1 and/or IgG ⁇ 4 modified by site directed mutagenesis, e.g ., as taught in WO 97/28267 .
  • the fusion protein contains a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus.
  • expression and/or secretion of a polypeptide can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.
  • the fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce antibodies in a subject. Such antibodies may be used to purify the respective natural polypeptides from which the fusion proteins were generated, or in screening assays to identify polypeptides which inhibit the interactions between one or more biomarkers polypeptide or a fragment thereof and its natural binding partner(s) or a fragment(s) thereof.
  • compositions comprising one or more nucleic acids comprising or capable of expressing at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20 or more small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof, wherein said small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof in a cell specifically hybridize ( e.g ., bind) under cellular conditions, with cellular nucleic acids (e.g ., small non-coding RNAS such as miRNAs, pre-miRNAs, pri-miRNAs, miRNA*, anti-miRNA, a miRNA binding site, a variant and/or functional variant thereof, cellular mRNAs or a fragments thereof).
  • cellular nucleic acids e.g ., small non-coding RNAS such as miRNAs, pre-miRNAs, pri-miRNAs, miRNA*, anti-miRNA, a miRNA binding site, a variant and/or functional variant thereof, cellular mRNAs
  • expression of the small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof in a cell can inhibit expression or biological activity of cellular nucleic acids and/or proteins, e.g ., by inhibiting transcription, translation and/or small nucleic acid processing of, for example, one or more biomarkers of the invention, including one or more biomarkers listed in Table 1, or fragment(s) thereof.
  • the small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof are small RNAs (e.g ., microRNAs) or complements of small RNAs.
  • the small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof can be single or double stranded and are at least six nucleotides in length and are less than about 1000, 900, 800, 700, 600, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21,20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, or 10 nucleotides in length.
  • a composition may comprise a library of nucleic acids comprising or capable of expressing small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof, or pools of said small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof.
  • a pool of nucleic acids may comprise about 2-5, 5-10, 10-20, 10-30 or more nucleic acids comprising or capable of expressing small nucleic acids or antisense oligonucleotides or derivatives thereof.
  • binding may be by conventional base pair complementarity, or, for example, in the case of binding to DNA duplexes, through specific interactions in the major groove of the double helix.
  • antisense refers to the range of techniques generally employed in the art, and includes any process that relies on specific binding to oligonucleotide sequences.
  • the term "functional variant" of a miRNA sequence refers to an oligonucleotide sequence that varies from the natural miRNA sequence, but retains one or more functional characteristics of the miRNA (e.g . cancer cell proliferation inhibition, induction of cancer cell apoptosis, enhancement of cancer cell susceptibility to chemotherapeutic agents, specific miRNA target inhibition).
  • a functional variant of a miRNA sequence retains all of the functional characteristics of the miRNA.
  • a functional variant of a miRNA has a nucleobase sequence that is a least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the miRNA or precursor thereof over a region of about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more nucleobases, or that the functional variant hybridizes to the complement of the miRNA or precursor thereof under stringent hybridization conditions. Accordingly, in certain embodiments the nucleobase sequence of a functional variant is capable of hybridizing to one or more target sequences of the miRNA.
  • miRNAs and their corresponding stem-loop sequences described herein may be found in miRBase, an online searchable database of miRNA sequences and annotation, found on the world wide web at microrna.sanger.ac.uk.
  • Entries in the miRBase Sequence database represent a predicted hairpin portion of a miRNA transcript (the stem-loop), with information on the location and sequence of the mature miRNA sequence.
  • the miRNA stem-loop sequences in the database are not strictly precursor miRNAs (pre-miRNAs), and may in some instances include the pre-miRNA and some flanking sequence from the presumed primary transcript.
  • the miRNA nucleobase sequences described herein encompass any version of the miRNA, including the sequences described in Release 10.0 of the miRBase sequence database and sequences described in any earlier Release of the miRBase sequence database.
  • a sequence database release may result in the re-naming of certain miRNAs.
  • a sequence database release may result in a variation of a mature miRNA sequence.
  • miRNA sequences of the invention may be associated with a second RNA sequence that may be located on the same RNA molecule or on a separate RNA molecule as the miRNA sequence.
  • the miRNA sequence may be referred to as the active strand
  • the second RNA sequence which is at least partially complementary to the miRNA sequence
  • the active and complementary strands are hybridized to create a double-stranded RNA that is similar to a naturally occurring miRNA precursor.
  • the activity of a miRNA may be optimized by maximizing uptake of the active strand and minimizing uptake of the complementary strand by the miRNA protein complex that regulates gene translation. This can be done through modification and/or design of the complementary strand.
  • the complementary strand is modified so that a chemical group other than a phosphate or hydroxyl at its 5' terminus.
  • the presence of the 5' modification apparently eliminates uptake of the complementary strand and subsequently favors uptake of the active strand by the miRNA protein complex.
  • the 5' modification can be any of a variety of molecules known in the art, including NH 2 , NHCOCH 3 , and biotin.
  • the uptake of the complementary strand by the miRNA pathway is reduced by incorporating nucleotides with sugar modifications in the first 2-6 nucleotides of the complementary strand. It should be noted that such sugar modifications can be combined with the 5' terminal modifications described above to further enhance miRNA activities.
  • the complementary strand is designed so that nucleotides in the 3' end of the complementary strand are not complementary to the active strand. This results in double-strand hybrid RNAs that are stable at the 3' end of the active strand but relatively unstable at the 5' end of the active strand. This difference in stability enhances the uptake of the active strand by the miRNA pathway, while reducing uptake of the complementary strand, thereby enhancing miRNA activity.
  • Small nucleic acid and/or antisense constructs of the methods and compositions presented herein can be delivered, for example, as an expression plasmid which, when transcribed in the cell, produces RNA which is complementary to at least a unique portion of cellular nucleic acids (e.g ., small RNAs, mRNA, and/or genomic DNA).
  • the small nucleic acid molecules can produce RNA which encodes mRNA, miRNA, pre-miRNA, pri-miRNA, miRNA*, anti-miRNA, or a miRNA binding site, or a variant thereof.
  • plasmids suitable for expressing the miRNAs selection of plasmids suitable for expressing the miRNAs, methods for inserting nucleic acid sequences into the plasmid, and methods of delivering the recombinant plasmid to the cells of interest are within the skill in the art. See, for example, Zeng et al. (2002) Mol. Cell 9:1327-1333 ; Tuschl (2002), Nat. Biotechnol. 20:446-448 ; Brummelkamp et al. (2002) Science 296:550-553 ; Miyagishi et al. (2002) Nat. Biotechnol. 20:497-500 ; Paddison et al. (2002) Genes Dev. 16:948-958 ; Lee et al. (2002) Nat. Biotechnol. 20:500-505 ; and Paul et al. (2002) Nat. Biotechnol. 20:505-508 , the entire disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • small nucleic acids and/or antisense constructs are oligonucleotide probes that are generated ex vivo and which, when introduced into the cell, results in hybridization with cellular nucleic acids.
  • Such oligonucleotide probes are preferably modified oligonucleotides that are resistant to endogenous nucleases, e.g., exonucleases and/or endonucleases, and are therefore stable in vivo.
  • Exemplary nucleic acid molecules for use as small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides are phosphoramidate, phosphothioate and methylphosphonate analogs of DNA (see also U.S.
  • Patents 5,176,996 ; 5,264,564 ; and 5,256,775 have been reviewed, for example, by Van der Krol et al. (1988) BioTechniques 6:958-976 ; and Stein et al. (1988) Cancer Res 48:2659-2668 .
  • Antisense approaches may involve the design of oligonucleotides (either DNA or RNA) that are complementary to cellular nucleic acids (e.g ., complementary to biomarkers listed in Table 1). Absolute complementarity is not required. In the case of double-stranded antisense nucleic acids, a single strand of the duplex DNA may thus be tested, or triplex formation may be assayed. The ability to hybridize will depend on both the degree of complementarity and the length of the antisense nucleic acid. Generally, the longer the hybridizing nucleic acid, the more base mismatches with a nucleic acid (e.g., RNA) it may contain and still form a stable duplex (or triplex, as the case may be). One skilled in the art can ascertain a tolerable degree of mismatch by use of standard procedures to determine the melting point of the hybridized complex.
  • Oligonucleotides that are complementary to the 5' end of the mRNA should work most efficiently at inhibiting translation.
  • sequences complementary to the 3' untranslated sequences of mRNAs have recently been shown to be effective at inhibiting translation of mRNAs as well ( Wagner (1994) Nature 372:333 ). Therefore, oligonucleotides complementary to either the 5' or 3' untranslated, non-coding regions of genes could be used in an antisense approach to inhibit translation of endogenous mRNAs.
  • Oligonucleotides complementary to the 5' untranslated region of the mRNA may include the complement of the AUG start codon.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides complementary to mRNA coding regions are less efficient inhibitors of translation but could also be used in accordance with the methods and compositions presented herein. Whether designed to hybridize to the 5', 3' or coding region of cellular mRNAs, small nucleic acids and/or antisense nucleic acids should be at least six nucleotides in length, and can be less than about 1000, 900, 800, 700, 600, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 50, 40, 30, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21,20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, or 10 nucleotides in length.
  • in vitro studies are first performed to quantitate the ability of the antisense oligonucleotide to inhibit gene expression.
  • these studies utilize controls that distinguish between antisense gene inhibition and nonspecific biological effects of oligonucleotides.
  • these studies compare levels of the target nucleic acid or protein with that of an internal control nucleic acid or protein. Additionally, it is envisioned that results obtained using the antisense oligonucleotide are compared with those obtained using a control oligonucleotide.
  • control oligonucleotide is of approximately the same length as the test oligonucleotide and that the nucleotide sequence of the oligonucleotide differs from the antisense sequence no more than is necessary to prevent specific hybridization to the target sequence.
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides can be DNA or RNA or chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof, single-stranded or double-stranded.
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, etc., and may include other appended groups such as peptides ( e.g., for targeting host cell receptors), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides may be conjugated to another molecule, e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, hybridization-triggered cleavage agent, etc.
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides may comprise at least one modified base moiety which is selected from the group including but not limited to 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxytiethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil,
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides may also comprise at least one modified sugar moiety selected from the group including but not limited to arabinose, 2-fluoroarabinose, xylulose, and hexose.
  • a compound comprises an oligonucleotide (e.g ., a miRNA or miRNA encoding oligonucleotide) conjugated to one or more moieties which enhance the activity, cellular distribution or cellular uptake of the resulting oligonucleotide.
  • the moiety is a cholesterol moiety (e.g ., antagomirs) or a lipid moiety or liposome conjugate.
  • Additional moieties for conjugation include carbohydrates, phospholipids, biotin, phenazine, folate, phenanthridine, anthraquinone, acridine, fluoresceins, rhodamines, coumarins, and dyes.
  • a conjugate group is attached directly to the oligonucleotide.
  • a conjugate group is attached to the oligonucleotide by a linking moiety selected from amino, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thiol, unsaturations ( e.g ., double or triple bonds), 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (ADO), succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), 6-aminohexanoic acid (AHEX or AHA), substituted C1-C10 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C2-C10 alkynyl.
  • a linking moiety selected from amino, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thiol, unsaturations (e.g ., double or triple bonds), 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (ADO), succinimidyl 4-(N
  • a substituent group is selected from hydroxyl, amino, alkoxy, carboxy, benzyl, phenyl, nitro, thiol, thioalkoxy, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • the compound comprises the oligonucleotide having one or more stabilizing groups that are attached to one or both termini of the oligonucleotide to enhance properties such as, for example, nuclease stability.
  • stabilizing groups include cap structures. These terminal modifications protect the oligonucleotide from exonuclease degradation, and can help in delivery and/or localization within a cell.
  • the cap can be present at the 5'-terminus (5'-cap), or at the 3'-terminus (3'-cap), or can be present on both termini.
  • Cap structures include, for example, inverted deoxy abasic caps.
  • Suitable cap structures include a 4',5'-methylene nucleotide, a 1-(beta-D-erythrofuranosyl) nucleotide, a 4'-thio nucleotide, a carbocyclic nucleotide, a 1,5-anhydrohexitol nucleotide, an L-nucleotide, an alpha-nucleotide, a modified base nucleotide, a phosphorodithioate linkage, a threo-pentofuranosyl nucleotide, an acyclic 3',4'-seco nucleotide, an acyclic 3,4-dihydroxybutyl nucleotide, an acyclic 3,5-dihydroxypentyl nucleotide, a 3'-3'-inverted nucleotide moiety, a 3'-3'-inverted abasic moiety, a 3'-2'-inverted nucle
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides can also contain a neutral peptide-like backbone.
  • Such molecules are termed peptide nucleic acid (PNA)-oligomers and are described, e.g ., in Perry-O'Keefe et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93:14670 and in Eglom et al. (1993) Nature 365:566 .
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • One advantage of PNA oligomers is their capability to bind to complementary DNA essentially independently from the ionic strength of the medium due to the neutral backbone of the DNA.
  • small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides comprises at least one modified phosphate backbone selected from the group consisting of a phosphorothioate, a phosphorodithioate, a phosphoramidothioate, a phosphoramidate, a phosphordiamidate, a methylphosphonate, an alkyl phosphotriester, and a formacetal or analog thereof.
  • small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides are ⁇ -anomeric oligonucleotides.
  • An ⁇ -anomeric oligonucleotide forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual b-units, the strands run parallel to each other ( Gautier et al. (1987) Nucl. Acids Res. 15:6625-6641 ).
  • the oligonucleotide is a 2'-0-methylribonucleotide ( Inoue et al. (1987) Nucl. Acids Res. 15:6131-6148 ), or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue ( Inoue et al. (1987) FEBS Lett. 215:327-330 ).
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides of the methods and compositions presented herein may be synthesized by standard methods known in the art, e.g., by use of an automated DNA synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.).
  • an automated DNA synthesizer such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.
  • phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al. (1988) Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209
  • methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass polymer supports ( Sarin et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • an isolated miRNA can be chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced using methods known in the art.
  • miRNA are chemically synthesized using appropriately protected ribonucleoside phosphoramidites and a conventional DNA/RNA synthesizer.
  • RNA molecules or synthesis reagents include, e.g ., Proligo (Hamburg, Germany), Dharmacon Research (Lafayette, Colo., USA), Pierce Chemical (part of Perbio Science, Rockford, Ill., USA), Glen Research (Sterling, Va., USA), ChemGenes (Ashland, Mass., USA), Cruachem (Glasgow, UK), and Exiqon (Vedbaek, Denmark).
  • Small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides can be delivered to cells in vivo.
  • a number of methods have been developed for delivering small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides DNA or RNA to cells; e.g ., antisense molecules can be injected directly into the tissue site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g ., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systematically.
  • small nucleic acids and/or antisense oligonucleotides may comprise or be generated from double stranded small interfering RNAs (siRNAs), in which sequences fully complementary to cellular nucleic acids (e.g . mRNAs) sequences mediate degradation or in which sequences incompletely complementary to cellular nucleic acids ( e.g ., mRNAs) mediate translational repression when expressed within cells.
  • siRNAs double stranded small interfering RNAs
  • double stranded siRNAs can be processed into single stranded antisense RNAs that bind single stranded cellular RNAs (e.g ., microRNAs) and inhibit their expression.
  • RNA interference is the process of sequence-specific, post-transcriptional gene silencing in animals and plants, initiated by double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) that is homologous in sequence to the silenced gene.
  • dsRNA double-stranded RNA
  • long dsRNA is cleaved by ribonuclease III to generate 21- and 22-nucleotide siRNAs. It has been shown that 21-nucleotide siRNA duplexes specifically suppress expression of endogenous and heterologous genes in different mammalian cell lines, including human embryonic kidney (293) and HeLa cells ( Elbashir et al. (2001) Nature 411:494-498 ).
  • RNAs having a length of about 15 to 30 nucleotides or of about 18 to 21 nucleotides or of about 19 to 21 nucleotides.
  • a vector encoding for such siRNAs or short hairpin RNAs (shRNAs) that are metabolized into siRNAs can be introduced into a target cell (see, e.g ., McManus et al. (2002) RNA 8:842 ; Xia et al. (2002) Nature Biotechnology 20:1006 ; and Brummelkamp et al. (2002) Science 296:550 ).
  • Vectors that can be used are commercially available, e.g ., from OligoEngine under the name pSuper RNAi SystemTM.
  • Ribozyme molecules designed to catalytically cleave cellular mRNA transcripts can also be used to prevent translation of cellular mRNAs and expression of cellular polypeptides, or both (See, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364, published October 4, 1990 ; Sarver et al. (1990) Science 247:1222-1225 and U.S. Patent No. 5,093,246 ). While ribozymes that cleave mRNA at site specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy cellular mRNAs, the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred. Hammerhead ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions that form complementary base pairs with the target mRNA.
  • the target mRNA have the following sequence of two bases: 5'-UG-3'.
  • the construction and production of hammerhead ribozymes is well known in the art and is described more fully in Haseloff and Gerlach (1988) Nature 334:585-591 .
  • the ribozyme may be engineered so that the cleavage recognition site is located near the 5' end of cellular mRNAs; i.e ., to increase efficiency and minimize the intracellular accumulation of non-functional mRNA transcripts.
  • RNA endoribonucleases such as the one which occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS, or L-19 IVS RNA) and which has been extensively described by Thomas Cech and collaborators ( Zaug et al. (1984) Science 224:574-578 ; Zaug et al. (1986) Science 231:470-475 ; Zaug et al. (1986) Nature 324:429-433 ; WO 88/04300 ; and Been et al. (1986) Cell 47:207-216 ).
  • Cech-type ribozymes such as the one which occurs naturally in Tetrahymena thermophila (known as the IVS, or L-19 IVS RNA) and which has been extensively described by Thomas Cech and collaborators ( Zaug et al. (1984) Science 224:574-578 ; Zaug et al. (1986) Science 231:470-475 ; Zaug et al. (1986) Nature 324
  • the Cech-type ribozymes have an eight base pair active site which hybridizes to a target RNA sequence whereafter cleavage of the target RNA takes place.
  • the methods and compositions presented herein encompasses those Cech-type ribozymes which target eight base-pair active site sequences that are present in cellular genes.
  • the ribozymes can be composed of modified oligonucleotides (e.g ., for improved stability, targeting, etc.).
  • a preferred method of delivery involves using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme under the control of a strong constitutive pol III or pol II promoter, so that transfected cells will produce sufficient quantities of the ribozyme to destroy endogenous cellular messages and inhibit translation. Because ribozymes unlike antisense molecules, are catalytic, a lower intracellular concentration is required for efficiency.
  • Nucleic acid molecules to be used in triple helix formation for the inhibition of transcription of cellular genes are preferably single stranded and composed of deoxyribonucleotides.
  • the base composition of these oligonucleotides should promote triple helix formation via Hoogsteen base pairing rules, which generally require sizable stretches of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.
  • Nucleotide sequences may be pyrimidine-based, which will result in TAT and CGC triplets across the three associated strands of the resulting triple helix.
  • the pyrimidine-rich molecules provide base complementarity to a purine-rich region of a single strand of the duplex in a parallel orientation to that strand.
  • nucleic acid molecules may be chosen that are purine-rich, for example, containing a stretch of G residues. These molecules will form a triple helix with a DNA duplex that is rich in GC pairs, in which the majority of the purine residues are located on a single strand of the targeted duplex, resulting in CGC triplets across the three strands in the triplex.
  • the potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation may be increased by creating a so called “switchback" nucleic acid molecule.
  • Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5'-3', 3'-5' manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.
  • Small nucleic acids e.g. , miRNAs, pre-miRNAs, pri-miRNAs, miRNA*, anti-miRNA, or a miRNA binding site, or a variant thereof
  • antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, and triple helix molecules of the methods and compositions presented herein may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of DNA and RNA molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligodeoxyribonucleotides and oligoribonucleotides well known in the art such as for example solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding the antisense RNA molecule.
  • DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors which incorporate suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as the T7 or SP6 polymerase promoters.
  • RNA polymerase promoters such as the T7 or SP6 polymerase promoters.
  • antisense cDNA constructs that synthesize antisense RNA constitutively or inducibly, depending on the promoter used, can be introduced stably into cell lines.
  • nucleic acid molecules may be introduced as a means of increasing intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include but are not limited to the addition of flanking sequences of ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides to the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the oligodeoxyribonucleotide backbone.
  • polypeptides, small nucleic acids, and antisense oligonucleotides can be further linked to another peptide or polypeptide (e.g ., a heterologous peptide), e.g., that serves as a means of protein detection.
  • a heterologous peptide e.g., that serves as a means of protein detection.
  • Non-limiting examples of label peptide or polypeptide moieties useful for detection in the invention include, without limitation, suitable enzymes such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; epitope tags, such as FLAG, MYC, HA, or HIS tags; fluorophores such as green fluorescent protein; dyes; radioisotopes; digoxygenin; biotin; antibodies; polymers; as well as others known in the art, for example, in Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Joseph R. Lakowicz (Editor), Plenum Pub Corp, 2nd edition (July 1999 ).
  • suitable enzymes such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase
  • epitope tags such as FLAG, MYC, HA, or HIS tags
  • fluorophores such as green
  • the modulatory agents described herein can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo.
  • the compositions may contain a single such molecule or agent or any combination of agents described herein.
  • Single active agents described herein can be combined with other pharmacologically active compounds ("second active agents") known in the art according to the methods and compositions provided herein. It is believed that certain combinations work synergistically in the treatment of conditions that would benefit from the modulation of immune responses.
  • Second active agents can be large molecules (e.g., proteins) or small molecules (e.g., synthetic inorganic, organometallic, or organic molecules).
  • anti-PD-Ll and anti-TIM-3 antibodies can be further combined with anti-LAG-3, anti-PD-1, anti-PD-L2, anti-CTLA4, etc. antibodies or combinations thereof.
  • large molecule active agents include, but are not limited to, hematopoietic growth factors, cytokines, and monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies.
  • Typical large molecule active agents are biological molecules, such as naturally occurring or artificially made proteins. Proteins that are particularly useful in this invention include proteins that stimulate the survival and/or proliferation of hematopoietic precursor cells and immunologically active poietic cells in vitro or in vivo. Others stimulate the division and differentiation of committed erythroid progenitors in cells in vitro or in vivo.
  • interleukins such as IL-2 (including recombinant IL-2 ("rIL2") and canarypox IL-2), IL-10, IL-12, and IL-18
  • interferons such as interferon alfa-2a, interferon alfa-2b, interferon alpha-nl, interferon alpha-n3, interferon beta-la, and interferon gamma-Ib
  • GM-CF and GM-CSF and EPO.
  • GM-CSF GM-CSF
  • Neupogen® Amgen, Thousand Oaks, Calif.
  • sargramostim which is sold in the United States under the trade name Leukine® (Immunex, Seattle, Wash.)
  • recombinant EPO which is sold in the United States under the trade name Epogen® (Amgen, Thousand Oaks, Calif.).
  • Recombinant and mutated forms of GM-CSF can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,391,485 ; 5,393,870 ; and 5,229,496 ; all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Recombinant and mutated forms of G-CSF can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,810,643 ; 4,999,291 ; 5,528,823 ; and 5,580,755 ; all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • chemotherapeutic agents are well known in the art.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclophosphamide (CytoxanTM); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; emylerumines and memylamelamines including alfretamine, triemylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphoramide, and trimemylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophycins (articularly
  • chemotherapeutic agent anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors
  • anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators SERMs
  • SERMs selective estrogen receptor modulators
  • tamoxifen including NolvadexTM
  • raloxifene including NolvadexTM
  • droloxifene 4-hydroxytamoxifen
  • trioxifene keoxifene
  • LY117018 4-hydroxytamoxifen
  • toremifene FarestonTM
  • inhibitors of the enzyme aromatase which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, megestrol acetate (MegaceTM), exemestane, formestane, fadrozole, vorozole (RivisorTM), letrozole (FemaraTM), and anastrozole (ArimidexTM)
  • anti-androgens such as flutamide
  • compositions suitable for administration to a subject can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject.
  • Such compositions typically comprise the antibody, peptide, fusion protein or small molecule and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral ( e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
  • the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the composition should be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g ., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • a suitable propellant e.g ., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
  • Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
  • the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
  • the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g ., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • suppositories e.g ., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
  • retention enemas for rectal delivery.
  • modulatory agents are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations should be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811 .
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by, and directly dependent on, the unique characteristics of the active compound, the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g ., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
  • Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects can be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • IC50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the above described modulating agents may be administered it he form of expressible nucleic acids which encode said agents.
  • Such nucleic acids and compositions in which they are contained, are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors.
  • Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Patent 5,328,470 ) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3054-3057 ).
  • the pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.
  • compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
  • the present invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a cancer, such as a hematologic cancer like multiple myeloma, associated with a less than desirable immune response.
  • a cancer such as a hematologic cancer like multiple myeloma
  • Subjects at risk for such a disease can be identified, for example, by any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays known in the art.
  • Administration of a prophylactic agent(s) can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms associated with an unwanted or less than desirable immune response.
  • the appropriate agent(s) used for treatment e.g. antibodies, peptides, fusion proteins or small molecules
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to therapeutic methods of modulating an immune response, e.g., by inhibiting or blocking the function of PD-1 or PD-L1 and LAG-3, CTLA-4 or TIM-3.
  • Modulatory methods of the present invention involve contacting a cell with an agent that inhibits or blocks the function of PD-1 or PD-L1 and LAG-3, CTLA-4 or TIM-3.
  • agents useful in such methods are described above.
  • Such agents can be administered in vitro or ex vivo ( e.g., by contacting the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo ( e.g., by administering the agent to a subject).
  • the present invention provides methods useful for treating an individual afflicted with a cancer, such as a hematologic cancer like multiple myeloma.
  • Agents that upregulate immune responses can be in the form of enhancing an existing immune response or eliciting an initial immune response.
  • enhancing an immune response using the subject compositions and methods is useful for treating cancer, but can also be useful for treating an infectious disease (e.g., bacteria, viruses, or parasites), a parasitic infection, and an immunosuppressive disease.
  • Immune responses can also be enhanced in an infected patient through an ex vivo approach, for instance, by removing immune cells from the patient, contacting immune cells in vitro with an agent described herein and reintroducing the in vitro stimulated immune cells into the patient.
  • agents that upregulate immune responses for example, forms of other B7 family members that transduce signals via costimulatory receptors, in order to further augment the immune response.
  • Agents that upregulate an immune response can be used prophylactically in vaccines against various polypeptides (e.g., polypeptides derived from pathogens). Immunity against a pathogen (e.g., a virus) can be induced by vaccinating with a viral protein along with an agent that upregulates an immune response, in an appropriate adjuvant.
  • a pathogen e.g., a virus
  • upregulation or enhancement of an immune response function is useful in the induction of tumor immunity.
  • the immune response can be stimulated by the methods described herein, such that preexisting tolerance, clonal deletion, and/or exhaustion (e.g., T cell exhaustion) is overcome.
  • immune responses against antigens to which a subject cannot mount a significant immune response e.g., to an autologous antigen, such as a tumor specific antigens can be induced by administering appropriate agents described herein that upregulate the immune response.
  • an autologous antigen such as a tumor-specific antigen
  • the subject agents can be used as adjuvants to boost responses to foreign antigens in the process of active immunization.
  • immune cells are obtained from a subject and cultured ex vivo in the presence of an agent as described herein, to expand the population of immune cells and/or to enhance immune cell activation.
  • the immune cells are then administered to a subject.
  • Immune cells can be stimulated in vitro by, for example, providing to the immune cells a primary activation signal and a costimulatory signal, as is known in the art.
  • Various agents can also be used to costimulate proliferation of immune cells.
  • immune cells are cultured ex vivo according to the method described in PCT Application No. WO 94/29436 .
  • the costimulatory polypeptide can be soluble, attached to a cell membrane, or attached to a solid surface, such as a bead.
  • agents described herein useful for upregulating immune responses can further be linked, or operatively attached, to toxins using techniques that are known in the art, e.g., crosslinking or via recombinant DNA techniques. Such agents can result in cellular destruction of desired cells.
  • a toxin can be conjugated to an antibody, such as a bispecific antibody. Such antibodies are useful for targeting a specific cell population, e.g., using a marker found only on a certain type of cell.
  • the preparation of immunotoxins is, in general, well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,340,535 , and EP 44167 ).
  • linkers that contain a disulfide bond that is sterically "hindered” are preferred, due to their greater stability in vivo, thus preventing release of the toxin moiety prior to binding at the site of action.
  • a wide variety of toxins are known that may be conjugated to polypeptides or antibodies of the invention.
  • Examples include: numerous useful plant-, fungus- or even bacteria-derived toxins, which, by way of example, include various A chain toxins, particularly ricin A chain, ribosome inactivating proteins such as saporin or gelonin, ⁇ -sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin, ribonucleases, such as placental ribonuclease, angiogenic, diphtheria toxin, and Pseudomonas exotoxin, etc.
  • a preferred toxin moiety for use in connection with the invention is toxin A chain which has been treated to modify or remove carbohydrate residues, deglycosylated A chain. ( U.S. Patent 5,776,427 ). Infusion of one or a combination of such cytotoxic agents, (e.g., ricin fusions) into a patient may result in the death of immune cells.
  • the efficacy of the treatment methods described herein can be enhanced by incorporating a step of lymphodepletion prior to, concurrently with, or after the administration of agents the inhibit or block PD-1, PD-L1, CTLA-4, TIM-3, and/or LAG-3 function.
  • therapeutic benefits of administering the described anti-cancer agents can be synergistically enhanced by performing such administration after or in conjunction with lymphodepletion.
  • Methods for achieving lymphodepletion in various forms and at various levels are well known in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent 7,138,144 ).
  • the term "transient lymphodepletion" refers to destruction of lymphocytes and T cells, usually prior to immunotherapy.
  • sublethal irradiation refers to administration of one or more doses of radiation that is generally non-lethal to all members of a population of subjects to which the administration is applied.
  • Transient lymphodepletion is generally not myeloablative, as would be the case in complete lymphodepletion, such that the subjects hematopoietic or immunological capacity remains sufficiently intact to regenerate the destroyed lymphocyte and T cell populations.
  • lethal irradiation occurs when the administration is generally lethal to some but not all members of the population of subjects and "supralethal irradiation” occurs when the administion is generally lethal to all members of the population of subjects.
  • transient lymphodepletion or complete lymphodepletion may be effected, for example, by any combination of irradiation, treatment with a myeloablative agent, and/or treatment with an immunosuppressive agent, according to standard protocols.
  • biological methods include, for example, administration of immunity-suppressing cells or by administration of biological molecules capable of inhibiting immunoreactivity, such as, for example, Fas-ligand and CTLA4-Ig.
  • myeloablative agents include busulfan, dimethyl mileran, melphalan and thiotepa.
  • immunosuppressive agents include prednisone, methyl prednisolone, azathioprine, cyclosporine A, cyclophosphamide, fludarabin, CTLA4-Ig, anti-T cell antibodies, etc.
  • a sublethal dose of irradiation is generally within the range of 1 to 7.5 Gy whole body irradiation
  • a lethal dose is generally within the range of 7.5 to 9.5 Gy whole body irradiation
  • a supralethal dose is within the range of 9.5 to 16.5 Gy whole body irradiation.
  • the dose of irradiation may be administered as a single dose or as a fractionated dose.
  • administering one or more doses of irradiation can be accomplished essentially exclusively to the body part or to a portion thereof, so as to induce myeloreduction or myeloablation essentially exclusively in the body part or the portion thereof.
  • a subject can tolerate as sublethal conditioning ultrahigh levels of selective irradiation to a body part such as a limb, which levels constituting lethal or supralethal conditioning when used for whole body irradiation (see, for example, Breitz (2002) Cancer Biother Radiopharm. 17:119 ; Limit (1997) J. Nucl. Med.
  • Such selective irradiation of the body part, or portion thereof, can be advantageously used to target particular blood compartments, such as specific lymph nodes, in treating hematopoietic cancers.
  • the immune modulating agents of the invention are administered to subjects in a biologically compatible form suitable for pharmaceutical administration in vivo, to enhance immune cell mediated immune responses.
  • biologically compatible form suitable for administration in vivo is meant a form to be administered in which any toxic effects are outweighed by the therapeutic effects.
  • subject is intended to include living organisms in which an immune response can be elicited, e.g., mammals. Examples of subjects include humans, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof.
  • Administration of an agent as described herein can be in any pharmacological form including a therapeutically active amount of an agent alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a therapeutically active amount of the therapeutic composition of the present invention is defined as an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired result.
  • a therapeutically active amount of an agent may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of peptide to elicit a desired response in the individual.
  • Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses can be administered daily or the dose can be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
  • Inhibiting or blocking the function of PD-1 or PD-L1 and LAG-3, CTLA-4 or TIM-3, or in some embodiments, inhibiting or blocking a combination of these agents can be accomplished by combination therapy with the modulatory agents described herein.
  • Combination therapy describes a therapy in which PD-1 or PD-L1 and LAG-3, CTLA-4 or TIM-3, are inhibited or blocked simultaneously.
  • Simultaneous inhibition or blockade may be achieved by administration of the modulatory agents described herein simultaneously (e.g., in a combination dosage form or by simultaneous administration of single agents) or by administration of single agents according to a schedule that results in effective amounts of each modulatory agent present in the patient at the same time.
  • the therapeutic agents described herein can be administered in a convenient manner such as by injection (subcutaneous, intravenous, etc.), oral administration, inhalation, transdermal application, or rectal administration.
  • the active compound can be coated in a material to protect the compound from the action of enzymes, acids and other natural conditions which may inactivate the compound.
  • An agent can be administered to an individual in an appropriate carrier, diluent or adjuvant, co-administered with enzyme inhibitors or in an appropriate carrier such as liposomes.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions.
  • Adjuvant is used in its broadest sense and includes any immune stimulating compound such as interferon.
  • Adjuvants contemplated herein include resorcinols, non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and n-hexadecyl polyethylene ether.
  • Enzyme inhibitors include pancreatic trypsin inhibitor, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DEEP) and trasylol.
  • Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water emulsions as well as conventional liposomes ( Sterna et al. (1984) J. Neuroimmunol. 7:27 ).
  • the agent may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally.
  • Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof, and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • compositions of agents suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
  • the composition will preferably be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It will preferably be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating an agent of the invention (e.g., an antibody, peptide, fusion protein or small molecule) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • agent of the invention e.g., an antibody, peptide, fusion protein or small molecule
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the agent plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • the protein can be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by, and directly dependent on, (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
  • an agent of the invention is an antibody.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of antibody i.e., an effective dosage ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
  • an effective dosage ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight.
  • certain factors may influence the dosage required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present.
  • treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.
  • a subject is treated with antibody in the range of between about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks.
  • the effective dosage of antibody used for treatment may increase or decrease over the course of a particular treatment. Changes in dosage may result from the results of diagnostic assays.
  • kits for treating cancers such as hematologic cancers like multiple myeloma, using agents that inhibit or block PD-1 or PD-L1 and LAG-3, CTLA-4 or TIM-3function.
  • the kit can comprise an antibody as described herein, e.g., an antibody against PD-1, PD-L1, LAG-3, CTLA-4 and/or TIM-3, packaged in a suitable container and can further comprise instructions for using such antibodies to treat cancers in a patient in need thereof.
  • the kit may also contain other components, such as administration tools like packaged in a separate container.
  • Example 1 Combined PD-L1 and TIM-3 Blockade as Immunotherapy For Hematologic Cancers
  • mice All mice were housed in the Medical College of Wisconsin Biomedical Resource Center, an AAALAC-accredited facility. C47BL6/KaLwRij mice were used in the experiments. All animal work was reviewed and approved by the Medical College of Wisconsin Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee.
  • the 5T33 murine multiple myeloma (MM) cell line was derived from myeloma that spontaneously arose in a C57Bl/KaLwRij mouse ( Radl et al. (1988) Am. J. Pathol. 132:593-597 ; and Manning et al. (1992) Br. J. Cancer 66:1088-1093 ).
  • 5T33 cells were thawed from a large frozen stock and cultured in RPMI 1640 + 10% fetal bovine serum for no longer than 2 weeks prior to inoculation of mice. Mice were inoculated with tumor as follows: 2x10 6 5T33 cells intravenously (i.v.).
  • 5T33-bearing mice were considered moribund and euthanized when they developed paraparesis or paraplegia. Occasionally, 5T33-inoculated mice developed tumor masses or lesions and were euthanized when the size of the mass or lesion exceeded 250 mm 2 ; other symptoms of advanced 5T33 included splenomegaly, hepatomegaly, or neurologic impairment.
  • the clone designations for the antibodies used are as follows: anti-PD-Ll (clone 10F.9G2; Paterson et al. (2011) J. Immunol. 187:1097-1105 ; Maier et al. (2007) J. Immunol. 178:2714-2720 ), anti-PD-1 (clone 332.8H3), anti-Lag-3 (clone C9B7W; available from eBioscience as catalog number eBioC9B7W and other manufacturers), anti-Tim-3 (clone 5D12; available from EMD Millipore as catalog number MABF73).
  • Isotype control antibodies included Armenian hamster IgG and rat IgG2a kappa.
  • myeloma-bearing recipient mice were given total body irradiation as a single sublethal (500 cGy) dose seven days after myeloma inoculation. Radiation was administered by a Shepherd Mark I Cesium Irradiator in accordance with established guidelines.
  • Tumor cell accumulation was monitored by flow cytometry (GFP+ tumor cells) ( Figure 1A ), and CD4 + (top) and CD8 + (bottom) T cells were analyzed by flow cytometry for expression of various immune checkpoint proteins over time ( Figure 1B ).
  • Naive non-myeloma bearing mice were analyzed as controls. Immune checkpoint protein percentages were based on isotype controls.
  • PD-1, 2B4, LAG3, and TIM-3 were the most prominent immune checkpoint proteins present on T cells in myeloma bearing mice.
  • a relatively large percentage of PD-1 + T cells co-expressed other inhibitory checkpoint proteins such as Tim-3, Lag-3 and 2B4.
  • Treg cells in the tumor microenvironment also had increased expression of PD-1 and other inhibitory receptors (such as Tim-3, Lag-3 and 2B4 shown in Figure 2 ) compared to Tregs cells from non-myeloma bearing mice, which is believed to be related with enhanced suppressive function by these cells.
  • Myeloma bearing KaLwRij mice were treated with 500 cGy whole body irradiation 7 days after tumor cell inoculation. Treatment with anti-PD-Ll antibody or control IgG (200 ⁇ g i.p.) was initiated 5 days later and specifically given 12, 14, and 19 days after tumor inoculation. Mice were euthanized at day 21, splenocytes were harvested, and the CD8 T cells were analyzed by flow cytometry for immune checkpoint protein expression.
  • the data indicate that dual blockade of PD-L1 and TIM-3 represents a surprisingly and unexpectedly potent immunotherapeutic intervention for treating hematologic cancers, such as multiple myeloma.
  • Figure 9A depicts the experimental design.
  • KaLwRij mice received 500 cGy irradiation 7 days after tumor cell inoculation.
  • the treatment with blocking antibody or control IgG 200 ⁇ g i.p. was initiated 5 days later and specifically given 12, 14, 19, 21, 26, and 28 days after tumor inoculation.
  • CD4 + or CD8 + T cells were isolated from spleens and bone marrow 21 days after tumor cell inoculation ( i.e., 14 days after irradiation) in mice treated with control IgG, anti-PD-Ll antibody only, or the combination of anti-PD-Ll antibody with anti-Tim-3 antibody, anti-Lag-3 antibody, or anti-CTLA-4 antibody.
  • the CD8 + or CD4 + T cells were tested in IFN- ⁇ ELISPOT assays using 5T33 or MHC class II+ 5T33 tumor cells as stimulators, respectively, to determine tumor-reactive IFN- ⁇ -secreting cell frequencies.
  • Combined checkpoint blockade such as the combination of anti-PD-Ll antibody with anti-Tim-3 antibody, anti-Lag-3 antibody, or anti-CTLA-4 antibody, increased frequencies of tumor-reactive T cells.
  • combined checkpoint blockade such as the combination of anti-PD-Ll antibody with anti-Tim-3 antibody, anti-Lag-3 antibody, or anti-CTLA-4 antibody, increased the production of cytokines (e.g ., IL-2, IFN- ⁇ and GM-CSF) by CD8 + T cells.
  • cytokines e.g ., IL-2, IFN- ⁇ and GM-CSF
  • Combined blockade of immune checkpoint proteins increased PD-1 expression on CD8 + T cells as well as increased frequency of tumor specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes
  • CD8 + T cells were isolated from spleens and bone marrow 21 days after tumor cell inoculation in mice treated with control IgG, anti-PD-L1 antibody only, or the combination of anti-PD-Ll antibody with anti-Tim-3 antibody, anti-Lag-3 antibody, or anti-CTLA4 antibody.
  • Figure 11A shows increased expression of PD-1 on gated CD8 + T cells from spleens and bone marrow (BM) of mice treated with different blocking antibodies or control IgG.
  • the CD8 + T cells were assayed in IFN- ⁇ ELISPOT assays with tumor cell stimulators to determine tumor-reactive IFN- ⁇ -secreting cell frequencies in the presence of anti-PD-Ll antibody or control IgG (10 ⁇ g/ml).
  • IFN- ⁇ ELISPOT assays with tumor cell stimulators to determine tumor-reactive IFN- ⁇ -secreting cell frequencies in the presence of anti-PD-Ll antibody or control IgG (10 ⁇ g/ml).
  • CTL cytotoxic T lymphocyte
  • CD4 + T cells were isolated from spleens 21 days after tumor cell inoculation (i.e., 14 days after irradiation) in myeloma bearing mice treated with control anti-PD-Ll, or the combination of anti-PD-Ll antibody with anti-Tim-3 antibody, anti-Lag-3 antibody, or anti-CTLA4 antibody.
  • CD4 + T cells purified from the spleen were stimulated with MHC class II negative 5T33-WT, or MHC class II positive 5T33-CIITA, or no stimulation for 48 hours.
  • Supernatants were collected and cytokine (IFN-y, IL-4 and IL-5) levels from were determined using a multiplex cytokine assay.
  • Murine hematologic cancers other than myeloma express PD-L1 and respond to whole body irradiation plus PD-L1 blockade ( Kearl et al. (2013) J. Immunol. 190:5620-5628 ).
  • Figure 13 shows expression of PD-1, Tim-3, Lag-3 and 2B4 on T cells in mice bearing the indicated hematologic cancer cells.
  • a correlation can exist between the T cell expression profile of these checkpoint proteins and increased anti-tumor response after co-blockade of the respective pathway(s) in hematologic malignancy models other than myeloma.
  • FIG. 14 A working model of combined immune checkpoint blockade and lymphodepleting whole body irradiation is illustrated in Figure 14 .
  • dysfunctional antigen-activated T cells e.g., CD4 + and CD8 + T cells
  • Lymphopenia-induced T cell proliferation allows for reactivation of those T cells.
  • immune checkpoint proteins must be blocked. Lymphopenic environment can be achieved by low-dose whole body irradiation (WBI). Lymphodepleting chemotherapy or low doses of T cell-depleting antibodies can also be used instead of whole body irradiation.
  • any polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences which reference an accession number correlating to an entry in a public database, such as those maintained by The Institute for Genomic Research (TIGR) on the world wide web at tigr.org and/or the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) on the World Wide Web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.
  • TIGR The Institute for Genomic Research
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
EP20174880.3A 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques Pending EP3757130A1 (fr)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361882702P 2013-09-26 2013-09-26
US201462017192P 2014-06-25 2014-06-25
EP14848888.5A EP3049442A4 (fr) 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques
PCT/US2014/057491 WO2015048312A1 (fr) 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP14848888.5A Division EP3049442A4 (fr) 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3757130A1 true EP3757130A1 (fr) 2020-12-30

Family

ID=52744464

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP14848888.5A Withdrawn EP3049442A4 (fr) 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques
EP20174880.3A Pending EP3757130A1 (fr) 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP14848888.5A Withdrawn EP3049442A4 (fr) 2013-09-26 2014-09-25 Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (3) US10570204B2 (fr)
EP (2) EP3049442A4 (fr)
WO (1) WO2015048312A1 (fr)

Families Citing this family (71)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011127180A1 (fr) 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions et procédés permettant d'inhiber l'expression du gène cd274/pd-l1
CA2897858A1 (fr) 2013-02-22 2014-08-28 Curevac Gmbh Combinaison d'une vaccination et de l'inhibition de la voie de pd-1
EP3049442A4 (fr) 2013-09-26 2017-06-28 Costim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques
RS59480B1 (sr) 2013-12-12 2019-12-31 Shanghai hengrui pharmaceutical co ltd Pd-1 antitelo, njegov fragment koji se vezuje na antigen, i njegova medicinska primena
TWI681969B (zh) 2014-01-23 2020-01-11 美商再生元醫藥公司 針對ｐｄ-１的人類抗體
TWI680138B (zh) 2014-01-23 2019-12-21 美商再生元醫藥公司 抗ｐｄ-ｌ１之人類抗體
JOP20200094A1 (ar) 2014-01-24 2017-06-16 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc جزيئات جسم مضاد لـ pd-1 واستخداماتها
JOP20200096A1 (ar) 2014-01-31 2017-06-16 Children’S Medical Center Corp جزيئات جسم مضاد لـ tim-3 واستخداماتها
LT3116909T (lt) 2014-03-14 2020-02-10 Novartis Ag Antikūno molekulės prieš lag-3 ir jų panaudojimas
TWI693232B (zh) 2014-06-26 2020-05-11 美商宏觀基因股份有限公司 與pd-1和lag-3具有免疫反應性的共價結合的雙抗體和其使用方法
CN105296433B (zh) 2014-08-01 2018-02-09 中山康方生物医药有限公司 一种ctla4抗体、其药物组合物及其用途
JO3663B1 (ar) 2014-08-19 2020-08-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme الأجسام المضادة لمضاد lag3 وأجزاء ربط الأنتيجين
EP3659621A1 (fr) 2014-09-13 2020-06-03 Novartis AG Polythérapies contre le cancer
PE20171067A1 (es) 2014-10-14 2017-07-24 Novartis Ag Moleculas de anticuerpo que se unen a pd-l1 y usos de las mismas
IL292449B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2024-02-01 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc Nucleic acids encoding antibodies against PDL1 and methods for their preparation
MX2017015046A (es) 2015-05-29 2018-05-17 Agenus Inc Anticuerpos anti-antigeno 4 del linfocito t citotoxico (ctla-4) y metodos para uso de los mismos.
TWI773646B (zh) 2015-06-08 2022-08-11 美商宏觀基因股份有限公司 結合lag-3的分子和其使用方法
BR112018000768A2 (pt) 2015-07-13 2018-09-25 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc anticorpos anti-pd-1, anticorpos anti-pd-1 ativáveis e métodos de uso dos mesmos
EA201890296A1 (ru) 2015-07-30 2018-08-31 Макродженикс, Инк. Pd-1-связывающие молекулы и способы их применения
KR20180029079A (ko) 2015-07-31 2018-03-19 유니버시티 오브 플로리다 리서치 파운데이션, 아이엔씨. 암에 대한 면역 체크포인트 억제제와의 조합 요법에서의 조혈 줄기 세포
JO3620B1 (ar) * 2015-08-05 2020-08-27 Amgen Res Munich Gmbh مثبطات نقطة فحص مناعية للاستخدام في علاج سرطانات محمولة عبر الدم
EP3337826A1 (fr) 2015-08-20 2018-06-27 Sutro Biopharma, Inc. Anticorps anti-tim-3, compositions comprenant des anticorps anti-tim-3 et procédés de production et d'utilisation d'anticorps anti-tim-3
CN114605548A (zh) 2015-09-01 2022-06-10 艾吉纳斯公司 抗-pd-1抗体及其使用方法
EP3344769B1 (fr) 2015-09-02 2024-04-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions d'arni contre le programmed cell death 1 ligand 1 (pd-l1) et procédés pour leur utilisations
SG10202008325XA (en) * 2015-10-02 2020-09-29 Hoffmann La Roche Bispecific antibodies specific for pd1 and tim3
TWI756187B (zh) 2015-10-09 2022-03-01 美商再生元醫藥公司 抗ｌａｇ３抗體及其用途
US20180312600A1 (en) * 2015-10-21 2018-11-01 Ose Immunotherapeutics Methods and compositions for modifying macrophage polarization into pro-inflammatory cells to treat cancer
JO3744B1 (ar) 2015-11-18 2021-01-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme مواد ربط لـpd1 و/ أو lag3
GEP20217328B (en) 2015-12-14 2021-12-10 Macrogenics Inc Bispecific molecules having immunoreactivity with pd-1 and ctla-4, and methods of use thereof
BR112018012352A2 (pt) 2015-12-16 2018-12-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. anticorpos anti-lag3 e fragmentos de ligação ao antígeno
CN105754990A (zh) * 2016-01-29 2016-07-13 深圳精准医疗科技有限公司 一种pd-1/ctla-4双特异性抗体的制备方法及其应用
JP7123804B2 (ja) 2016-04-12 2022-08-23 シムフォゲン・アクティーゼルスカブ 抗ｔｉｍ－３抗体および組成物
IL262251B2 (en) 2016-04-14 2023-09-01 Ose Immunotherapeutics New anti-syrap antibodies and their medical applications
TWI755395B (zh) 2016-05-13 2022-02-21 美商再生元醫藥公司 抗-pd-1抗體與輻射治療癌症之組合
BR112018074463A2 (pt) 2016-05-27 2019-03-06 Agenus Inc. anticorpos anti-tim-3 e métodos de uso dos mesmos.
KR102531889B1 (ko) 2016-06-20 2023-05-17 키맵 리미티드 항-pd-l1 및 il-2 사이토카인
EP3472207B1 (fr) 2016-06-20 2021-01-20 F-Star Delta Limited Molécules de liaison liant pd-l1 et lag-3
CN109311993B (zh) 2016-06-20 2022-12-20 F-星治疗有限公司 Lag-3结合元件
KR102602137B1 (ko) * 2016-07-06 2023-11-13 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 Tim-4 길항제 및 pd-1 길항제의 조합물 및 사용 방법
US10077306B2 (en) 2016-07-14 2018-09-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antibodies against TIM3 and uses thereof
GB201612520D0 (en) 2016-07-19 2016-08-31 F-Star Beta Ltd Binding molecules
WO2018035710A1 (fr) 2016-08-23 2018-03-01 Akeso Biopharma, Inc. Anticorps anti-ctla4
IL265800B2 (en) 2016-10-11 2023-10-01 Agenus Inc Anti-LAG-3 antibodies and methods of using them
BR112019006876A2 (pt) 2016-10-13 2019-06-25 Symphogen As anticorpos e composições anti-lag-3
US11359018B2 (en) 2016-11-18 2022-06-14 Symphogen A/S Anti-PD-1 antibodies and compositions
AU2017368155B2 (en) 2016-11-30 2022-02-24 Oncomed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treatment of cancer comprising TIGIT-binding agents
LT3551660T (lt) 2016-12-07 2023-12-27 Agenus Inc. Antikūnai prieš ctla-4 ir jų naudojimo būdai
AU2018219909A1 (en) 2017-02-10 2019-09-12 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Radiolabeled anti-LAG3 antibodies for immuno-PET imaging
CN107794268B (zh) * 2017-03-14 2021-03-26 湖南大学 检测人pdl1蛋白的核酸适体及其在制备检测制剂中的应用
CN117003887A (zh) 2017-04-03 2023-11-07 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 抗pd-1抗体与突变体il-2或与il-15的免疫缀合物
BR112019019821A2 (pt) 2017-04-05 2020-04-22 Hoffmann La Roche anticorpo biespecífico, polinucleotídeo, célula hospedeira procariótica ou eucariótica, métodos de produção do anticorpo biespecífico, de tratamento de um indivíduo que tem câncer ou uma infecção viral crônica e de inibição do crescimento de células de tumor, composição farmacêutica e uso do anticorpo biespecífico
JP2020513009A (ja) 2017-04-05 2020-04-30 シムフォゲン・アクティーゼルスカブＳｙｍｐｈｏｇｅｎ Ａ／Ｓ Ｐｄ−１、ｔｉｍ−３、およびｌａｇ−３を標的とする併用治療
US11603407B2 (en) 2017-04-06 2023-03-14 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stable antibody formulation
JOP20190222A1 (ar) * 2017-04-11 2019-09-24 Zymeworks Inc الأجسام المضادة ثنائية النوعية المضادة لـ pd-l1 والمضادة لـ tim-3
KR20200016899A (ko) 2017-06-01 2020-02-17 싸이톰스 테라퓨틱스, 인크. 활성화가능 항-pdl1 항체, 및 이의 이용 방법
JP7145895B2 (ja) * 2017-09-01 2022-10-03 四川科倫博泰生物医薬股▲フン▼有限公司 組換え二重特異性抗体
CN111511766A (zh) 2017-10-13 2020-08-07 Ose免疫疗法 修饰的抗SIRPa抗体及其应用
CN111094339B (zh) * 2017-10-17 2023-01-24 江苏恒瑞医药股份有限公司 抗pd-1抗体和抗lag-3抗体联合在制备治疗肿瘤的药物中的用途
CN111741976A (zh) 2017-12-19 2020-10-02 F星贝塔有限公司 包括pd-l1抗原结合位点的fc结合片段
WO2019129054A1 (fr) * 2017-12-27 2019-07-04 信达生物制药(苏州)有限公司 Triacorps, son procédé de préparation et son utilisation
WO2019148412A1 (fr) * 2018-02-01 2019-08-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Anticorps bispécifiques anti-pd-1/lag3
JP2021517130A (ja) 2018-03-13 2021-07-15 オーセ イミュノセラピューティクスＯｓｅ Ｉｍｍｕｎｏｔｈｅｒａｐｅｕｔｉｃｓ 抗ヒトＳＩＲＰａｖ１抗体の使用および抗ｖ１抗体を製造する方法
WO2019179421A1 (fr) * 2018-03-19 2019-09-26 Wuxi Biologics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Nouvelles molécules d'anticorps pd-1/ctla-4 bispécifiques
JP7359785B2 (ja) * 2018-06-05 2023-10-11 江蘇康寧杰瑞生物制薬有限公司 二量体及びその使用
CN112654706A (zh) * 2018-06-12 2021-04-13 合一生技股份有限公司 靶向淋巴细胞活化基因3(lag-3)的核酸适体及其用途
CN111647065B (zh) * 2018-10-30 2021-10-08 北京永恩堂医学研究院 一种改进的能与pd-1特异性结合的肿瘤抑制肽及其用途
CN113874013A (zh) * 2019-03-26 2021-12-31 转化药物开发有限责任公司 治疗卵巢恶性横纹肌样瘤和高钙血症型卵巢小细胞癌的方法
RU2731293C1 (ru) 2019-04-12 2020-09-01 Игорь Петрович Белецкий Способ получения генно-модифицированных линий клеток натуральных киллеров с нокаутированным геном PD-1 и повышенной экспрессией белков семейства Фактора Некроза Опухолей для иммунотерапии онкологических заболеваний
CN110950966B (zh) * 2019-12-13 2020-12-11 启辰生生物科技(珠海)有限公司 融合蛋白、编码核酸和细胞及用途
GB2621482A (en) 2020-05-13 2024-02-14 Bonum Therapeutics Inc Compositions of protein complexes and methods of use thereof
CA3218692A1 (fr) 2021-06-04 2022-12-08 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Anticorps anti-sirp-alpha

Citations (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4179337A (en) 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
US4301144A (en) 1979-07-11 1981-11-17 Ajinomoto Company, Incorporated Blood substitute containing modified hemoglobin
EP0044167A2 (fr) 1980-07-14 1982-01-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Agent cytotoxique dirigé par un anticorps
EP0045665A1 (fr) 1980-08-06 1982-02-10 Aktiebolaget Hässle Inhibiteurs d'enzymes
US4340535A (en) 1978-09-28 1982-07-20 C M Industries Cytotoxic products formed by covalent bonding of the A chain of ricin with an antibody and the process for their preparation and use
US4474893A (en) 1981-07-01 1984-10-02 The University of Texas System Cancer Center Recombinant monoclonal antibodies
EP0125023A1 (fr) 1983-04-08 1984-11-14 Genentech, Inc. Préparations d'immunoglobuline recombinante, méthodes pour leur préparation, séquences d'ADN, vecteurs d'expression et cellules d'hôtes recombinantes
US4496689A (en) 1983-12-27 1985-01-29 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Covalently attached complex of alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor with a water soluble polymer
US4522811A (en) 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
EP0171496A2 (fr) 1984-08-15 1986-02-19 Research Development Corporation of Japan Procédé pour la production d'un anticorps monoclonal chimérique
EP0173494A2 (fr) 1984-08-27 1986-03-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Récepteurs chimériques par liaison et expression de l'ADN
WO1986001533A1 (fr) 1984-09-03 1986-03-13 Celltech Limited Production d'anticorps chimeriques
EP0184187A2 (fr) 1984-12-04 1986-06-11 Teijin Limited Chaîne lourde d'immunoglobuline chimère souris-humaine et chimère de l'ADN codant celle-ci
US4640835A (en) 1981-10-30 1987-02-03 Nippon Chemiphar Company, Ltd. Plasminogen activator derivatives
US4670417A (en) 1985-06-19 1987-06-02 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Hemoglobin combined with a poly(alkylene oxide)
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
WO1987005330A1 (fr) 1986-03-07 1987-09-11 Michel Louis Eugene Bergh Procede pour ameliorer la stabilite des glycoproteines
WO1988004300A1 (fr) 1986-12-03 1988-06-16 University Patents, Inc. Polymerases de ribozyme d'arn, dephosphorylases endoribonucleases de restriction et procedes
US4791192A (en) 1986-06-26 1988-12-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified protein with polyethyleneglycol
WO1988009810A1 (fr) 1987-06-11 1988-12-15 Synthetic Genetics Nouveaux conjugues d'acide nucleique amphiphile
US4810643A (en) 1985-08-23 1989-03-07 Kirin- Amgen Inc. Production of pluripotent granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
US4843155A (en) 1987-11-19 1989-06-27 Piotr Chomczynski Product and process for isolating RNA
WO1989010134A1 (fr) 1988-04-25 1989-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Peptides chimeriques d'administration de neuropeptides a travers la barriere vasculaire du cerveau
WO1990002809A1 (fr) 1988-09-02 1990-03-22 Protein Engineering Corporation Production et selection de proteines de liaison diversifiees de recombinaison
WO1990011364A1 (fr) 1989-03-24 1990-10-04 University Patents, Inc. Procede et endoribonucleases de restriction de ribozymes d'arn
US4999291A (en) 1985-08-23 1991-03-12 Amgen Inc. Production of human pluripotent granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
WO1991017271A1 (fr) 1990-05-01 1991-11-14 Affymax Technologies N.V. Procedes de triage de banques d'adn recombine
WO1992001047A1 (fr) 1990-07-10 1992-01-23 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Procede de production de chainon de paires a liaison specifique
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
WO1992009690A2 (fr) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Methode d'enrichissement pour des variantes de l'hormone de croissance avec des proprietes de liaison modifiees
WO1992015679A1 (fr) 1991-03-01 1992-09-17 Protein Engineering Corporation Phage de visualisation d'un determinant antigenique ameliore
WO1992018619A1 (fr) 1991-04-10 1992-10-29 The Scripps Research Institute Banques de recepteurs heterodimeres utilisant des phagemides
WO1992020791A1 (fr) 1990-07-10 1992-11-26 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methode de production de chainons de paires de liaison specifique
US5176996A (en) 1988-12-20 1993-01-05 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
WO1993001288A1 (fr) 1991-07-08 1993-01-21 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Phagemide utile pour trier des anticorps
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5229496A (en) 1985-08-06 1993-07-20 Immunex Corporation Analogs of human granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
US5256775A (en) 1989-06-05 1993-10-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
WO1994002610A1 (fr) 1992-07-17 1994-02-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Procede de liaison intracellulaire de molecules cibles
WO1994011026A2 (fr) 1992-11-13 1994-05-26 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Application therapeutique d'anticorps chimeriques et radio-marques contre l'antigene a differentiation restreinte des lymphocytes b humains pour le traitement du lymphome des cellules b
US5328470A (en) 1989-03-31 1994-07-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatment of diseases by site-specific instillation of cells or site-specific transformation of cells and kits therefor
WO1994029436A1 (fr) 1993-06-04 1994-12-22 The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Procedes de stimulation selective de la proliferation des lymphocytes t
WO1995003832A1 (fr) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Thomas Jefferson University Immunisation intracellulaire
US5434131A (en) 1991-06-27 1995-07-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co. Chimeric CTLA4 receptor and methods for its use
US5528823A (en) 1992-12-24 1996-06-25 The Whitaker Corporation Method for retaining wires in a current mode coupler
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5580756A (en) 1990-03-26 1996-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. B7Ig fusion protein
WO1997028267A1 (fr) 1996-02-02 1997-08-07 Repligen Corporation Anticorps et proteines de fusion d'immunoglobuline presentant des fonctions d'effecteur modifiees et leurs utilisations
US5698520A (en) 1994-03-01 1997-12-16 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide related to human programmed cell death and DNA encoding the same
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5776427A (en) 1992-03-05 1998-07-07 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for targeting the vasculature of solid tumors
US5798229A (en) 1993-08-02 1998-08-25 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Bispecific molecules recognizing lymphocyte antigen CD2 and tumor antigens
US5811097A (en) 1995-07-25 1998-09-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Blockade of T lymphocyte down-regulation associated with CTLA-4 signaling
US5844095A (en) 1991-06-27 1998-12-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company CTLA4 Ig fusion proteins
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US5871907A (en) 1991-05-15 1999-02-16 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5959084A (en) 1990-10-29 1999-09-28 Chiron Corporation Bispecific antibodies, methods of production and uses thereof
US5989830A (en) 1995-10-16 1999-11-23 Unilever Patent Holdings Bv Bifunctional or bivalent antibody fragment analogue
WO2006121168A1 (fr) 2005-05-09 2006-11-16 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Anticorps monoclonaux humains pour mort programmee 1 (mp-1) et procedes pour traiter le cancer en utilisant des anticorps anti-mp-1 seuls ou associes a d’autres immunotherapies
US7138144B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2006-11-21 Nadir Askenasy Method of inducing immune tolerance via blood/lymph flow-restricted bone marrow transplantation
WO2007005874A2 (fr) 2005-07-01 2007-01-11 Medarex, Inc. Anticorps monoclonaux humains diriges contre un ligand de mort programmee de type 1(pd-l1)
US20090053224A1 (en) 2007-08-02 2009-02-26 Arresto Biosciences Lox and loxl2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2009101611A1 (fr) 2008-02-11 2009-08-20 Curetech Ltd. Anticorps monoclonaux pour le traitement de tumeurs
WO2009114335A2 (fr) 2008-03-12 2009-09-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Protéines de liaison avec pd-1
US20100028330A1 (en) 2002-12-23 2010-02-04 Medimmune Limited Methods of upmodulating adaptive immune response using anti-pd1 antibodies
WO2010027827A2 (fr) 2008-08-25 2010-03-11 Amplimmune, Inc. Polypeptides co-stimulateurs ciblés et leurs procédés d'utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
WO2010077634A1 (fr) 2008-12-09 2010-07-08 Genentech, Inc. Anticorps anti-pd-l1 et leur utilisation pour améliorer la fonction des lymphocytes t
US20100233183A1 (en) 2007-04-30 2010-09-16 Frederic Triebel Cytotoxic anti-lag-3 monoclonal antibody and its use in the treatment or prevention of organ transplant rejection and autoimmune disease
WO2011066342A2 (fr) 2009-11-24 2011-06-03 Amplimmune, Inc. Inhibition simultanée de pd-l1/pd-l2
US20110150892A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2011-06-23 Medarex, Inc. Human antibodies that bind lymphocyte activation gene-3 (lag-3) and uses thereof
WO2011159877A2 (fr) * 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Anticorps di-spécifiques anti-tim-3 et pd-1 pour immunothérapie dans des états pathologiques immuns chroniques
EP2417984A1 (fr) * 2009-04-10 2012-02-15 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Procédé pour le traitement d'une tumeur sanguine utilisant un anticorps anti-tim-3
US20120039906A1 (en) 2009-02-09 2012-02-16 INSER (Institut National de la Recherche Medicale) PD-1 Antibodies and PD-L1 Antibodies and Uses Thereof
US20120114649A1 (en) 2008-08-25 2012-05-10 Amplimmune, Inc. Delaware Compositions of pd-1 antagonists and methods of use
WO2012177624A2 (fr) 2011-06-21 2012-12-27 The Johns Hopkins University Rayonnement focalisé pour améliorer les thérapies basées sur l'immunité contre les néoplasmes
WO2013006490A2 (fr) * 2011-07-01 2013-01-10 Cellerant Therapeutics, Inc. Anticorps se liant spécifiquement à tim3
US8354509B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2013-01-15 Msd Oss B.V. Antibodies to human programmed death receptor PD-1
US20130183688A1 (en) 2003-10-03 2013-07-18 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Tim-3 ligands and methods thereof
US20130239239A1 (en) 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 Academia Sinica Lmcd1 cancer markers and methods for their use
US8602269B2 (en) 2009-09-14 2013-12-10 Guala Dispensing S.P.A. Trigger sprayer

Family Cites Families (257)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2417984A (en) 1944-03-22 1947-03-25 Nadejda V Andrews Retractile marking implement
US2581113A (en) 1948-09-22 1952-01-01 American Cyanamid Co Protein adhesives containing dicyanoguanidine compounds as fluidizing agents
AU1807188A (en) 1987-04-10 1988-11-04 Xoma Corporation Human monoclonal antibodies binding determinants of gram negative bacteria
US5859205A (en) 1989-12-21 1999-01-12 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
US5260074A (en) 1992-06-22 1993-11-09 Digestive Care Inc. Compositions of digestive enzymes and salts of bile acids and process for preparation thereof
IL108501A (en) 1994-01-31 1998-10-30 Mor Research Applic Ltd Antibodies and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US6066322A (en) 1995-03-03 2000-05-23 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of immune disorders
US6051227A (en) 1995-07-25 2000-04-18 The Regents Of The University Of California, Office Of Technology Transfer Blockade of T lymphocyte down-regulation associated with CTLA-4 signaling
US6632976B1 (en) 1995-08-29 2003-10-14 Kirin Beer Kabushiki Kaisha Chimeric mice that are produced by microcell mediated chromosome transfer and that retain a human antibody gene
EP1916300A1 (fr) 1995-08-29 2008-04-30 Kirin Pharma Kabushiki Kaisha Animal chimère et son procédé de construction
US5968511A (en) 1996-03-27 1999-10-19 Genentech, Inc. ErbB3 antibodies
PT1137436E (pt) 1998-12-03 2008-09-15 Univ California Estimulação das células t contra auto-antigénios por meio de agentes bloqueadores de ctla-4
US7041474B2 (en) 1998-12-30 2006-05-09 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid encoding human tango 509
IL129299A0 (en) 1999-03-31 2000-02-17 Mor Research Applic Ltd Monoclonal antibodies antigens and diagnosis of malignant diseases
FR2794025A1 (fr) 1999-05-25 2000-12-01 Transgene Sa Composition destinee a la mise en oeuvre d'un traitement antitumoral ou antiviral chez un mammifere
AU5309600A (en) 1999-06-02 2000-12-18 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment and diagnosis of immune disorders
JP4896327B2 (ja) 1999-08-23 2012-03-14 ダナ−ファーバー キャンサー インスティテュート，インコーポレイテッド Ｐｄ−１、ｂ７−４の受容体、およびその使用
WO2001014556A1 (fr) 1999-08-23 2001-03-01 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Nouvelles molecules b7-4 et leurs utilisations
WO2001014424A2 (fr) 1999-08-24 2001-03-01 Medarex, Inc. Anticorps contre l'antigene ctla-4 humain et utilisation
WO2001039722A2 (fr) 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Nouvelle molecule immunoregulatrice b7-h1,
US6803192B1 (en) 1999-11-30 2004-10-12 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research B7-H1, a novel immunoregulatory molecule
JP2003531588A (ja) 2000-04-11 2003-10-28 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド 多価抗体とその用途
US7030219B2 (en) 2000-04-28 2006-04-18 Johns Hopkins University B7-DC, Dendritic cell co-stimulatory molecules
EP1292619B1 (fr) 2000-06-06 2008-02-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Acides nucleiques et polypeptides apparentes a b7 utiles pour effectuer une immunomodulation
NZ522844A (en) 2000-06-28 2005-02-25 Brigham & Womens Hospital PD-L2 molecules: novel PD-1 ligands and methods to identify compounds to modulate T cell activation
PE20020354A1 (es) 2000-09-01 2002-06-12 Novartis Ag Compuestos de hidroxamato como inhibidores de histona-desacetilasa (hda)
EP1328624B1 (fr) 2000-09-20 2011-11-09 Amgen Inc. Molecules semblables a b7 (b7-like, b7-l) et utilisations correspondantes
ATE418344T1 (de) 2000-10-20 2009-01-15 Tsuneya Ohno Fusionszellen und zytokin-zusammensetzungen zur behandlung von krankheiten
US7132109B1 (en) 2000-10-20 2006-11-07 University Of Connecticut Health Center Using heat shock proteins to increase immune response
WO2002039813A1 (fr) 2000-11-15 2002-05-23 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Souris sans pd-1 et utilisation de celle-ci
JP2002194491A (ja) 2000-12-27 2002-07-10 Daido Steel Co Ltd ばね用鋼材
AR036993A1 (es) 2001-04-02 2004-10-20 Wyeth Corp Uso de agentes que modulan la interaccion entre pd-1 y sus ligandos en la submodulacion de respuestas inmunologicas
WO2002079499A1 (fr) 2001-04-02 2002-10-10 Wyeth Le pd-1, recepteur du b7-4, et ses utilisations
AU2002258941A1 (en) 2001-04-20 2002-11-05 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods of enhancing cell responsiveness
US6727072B2 (en) 2001-05-01 2004-04-27 Dako Corporation EGF-r detection kit
US6592849B2 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-07-15 Colgate Palmolive Company Chewing gum to control malodorous breath
US8709412B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2014-04-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Modulation of TIM receptor activity in combination with cytoreductive therapy
KR20040014997A (ko) 2001-06-29 2004-02-18 더 보드 오브 트러스티스 오브 더 리랜드 스탠포드 쥬니어 유니버시티 Ｔ 세포 조절 유전자 및 그것의 사용방법
US7838220B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2010-11-23 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University T cell regulatory genes associated with immune disease
JP2003029846A (ja) 2001-07-11 2003-01-31 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd 流量調整器および流量調整器を備えた飲料供給装置
ATE524495T1 (de) 2001-07-31 2011-09-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Pd-1-spezifische substanz
IL145926A0 (en) 2001-10-15 2002-07-25 Mor Research Applic Ltd Peptide epitopes of mimotopes useful in immunomodulation
WO2003042402A2 (fr) 2001-11-13 2003-05-22 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Agents modulant l'activite de cellules immunes et procedes d'utilisation associes
JP4694128B2 (ja) 2002-01-30 2011-06-08 ザ ブライハム アンド ウイメンズ ホスピタル， インコーポレイテッド ＴＩＭ−３、Ｔｈ１特異的細胞表面分子に関連した組成物および方法
AR038971A1 (es) 2002-03-13 2005-02-02 Array Biopharma Inc Derivados de bencimidazol n3 alquilado como inhibidores de mek
IL149820A0 (en) 2002-05-23 2002-11-10 Curetech Ltd Humanized immunomodulatory monoclonal antibodies for the treatment of neoplastic disease or immunodeficiency
US7595048B2 (en) 2002-07-03 2009-09-29 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for treatment of cancer by inhibiting the immunosuppressive signal induced by PD-1
GB0215676D0 (en) 2002-07-05 2002-08-14 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US7052694B2 (en) 2002-07-16 2006-05-30 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Dendritic cell potentiation
US7449300B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2008-11-11 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Detection of antibodies specific for B7-H1 in subjects with diseases or pathological conditions mediated by activated T cells
JP4532409B2 (ja) 2003-01-23 2010-08-25 小野薬品工業株式会社 ヒトｐｄ−１に対し特異性を有する物質
PL1897548T3 (pl) * 2003-02-28 2014-03-31 Univ Johns Hopkins Regulacja komórek T
WO2005097211A2 (fr) 2004-03-24 2005-10-20 Telos Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions adjuvantes ameliorant la reponse immunitaire a des vaccins et methodes d'utilisation
GB0512324D0 (en) 2005-06-16 2005-07-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP2481750A1 (fr) 2004-06-30 2012-08-01 Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Anticorps se liant a B7-DC
US20090123413A1 (en) 2004-08-23 2009-05-14 Britta Hardy Use of bat monoclonal antibody for immunotherapy
PT1810026T (pt) 2004-10-06 2018-06-11 Mayo Found Medical Education & Res B7-h1 e pd-1 no tratamento do carcinona de células renais
US7423128B2 (en) 2004-11-03 2008-09-09 Amgen Fremont Inc. Anti-properdin antibodies, and methods for making and using same
WO2006124269A2 (fr) 2005-05-16 2006-11-23 Amgen Fremont Inc. Anticorps monoclonaux humains se fixant a l'antigene-1 tres tardif pour le traitement de l'inflammation ainsi que d'autres troubles
PL2397156T3 (pl) 2005-06-08 2017-07-31 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Sposoby i kompozycje do leczenia uporczywych infekcji i nowotworu poprzez hamowanie ścieżki zaprogramowanej śmierci komórki 1 (PD-1)
EP2937360A1 (fr) 2005-06-17 2015-10-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Molécules se liant à l'ilt3 et leurs utilisations
SI1912671T1 (en) 2005-07-18 2018-01-31 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Conjugates beta-glucuronide linker-drug
US20070041905A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-02-22 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNF-alpha antibody
US7612181B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-11-03 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
MY169746A (en) 2005-08-19 2019-05-14 Abbvie Inc Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
WO2007070514A1 (fr) 2005-12-13 2007-06-21 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrimidines et pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridines substituees par des groupements heteroaryle en tant qu’inhibiteurs de kinase janus
WO2007082154A2 (fr) 2006-01-05 2007-07-19 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methode permettant de detecter un cancer a l'aide de b7-h1 et de b7-h4
JO2660B1 (en) 2006-01-20 2012-06-17 نوفارتيس ايه جي Pi-3 inhibitors and methods of use
EP2007423A2 (fr) 2006-04-05 2008-12-31 Pfizer Products Incorporated Polythérapie à base d'un anticorps anti-ctla4
AU2007257692B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2013-11-14 Aptevo Research And Development Llc Single-chain multivalent binding proteins with effector function
PE20110218A1 (es) 2006-08-02 2011-04-01 Novartis Ag DERIVADOS DE 2-OXO-ETIL-AMINO-PROPIONAMIDA-PIRROLIDIN-2-IL-SUSTITUIDOS COMO INHIBIDORES DEL ENLACE DE LA PROTEINA Smac AL INHIBIDOR DE LA PROTEINA DE APOPTOSIS
RU2448729C2 (ru) * 2006-09-01 2012-04-27 Жантисель Композиции, вызывающие специфический ответ цитотоксических т-лимфоцитов, включающие лимфо-аблативное соединение и молекулу, содержащую антигенные последовательности и нацеленную на специализированные антиген-презентирующие клетки
WO2008085562A2 (fr) 2006-09-20 2008-07-17 The Johns Hopkins University Thérapie combinatoire contre le cancer et les maladies infectieuses utilisant un vaccin et des anti-b7-h1
JP2010510223A (ja) 2006-11-15 2010-04-02 サ ブリガム アンド ウィメンズ ホスピタル インコーポレーティッド Ｔｉｍ−３調節物質の治療的使用
PL2099447T3 (pl) 2006-11-22 2013-06-28 Incyte Holdings Corp Imidazotriazyny i imidazopirmidyny jako inhibitory kinaz
AU2007325283B2 (en) 2006-11-27 2012-08-30 Diadexus, Inc. Ovr110 antibody compositions and methods of use
RS53588B1 (en) 2006-12-08 2015-02-27 Irm Llc COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS
PT2091918E (pt) 2006-12-08 2014-11-24 Irm Llc Compostos e composições como inibidores de proteína cinase
CA2672595A1 (fr) 2006-12-15 2008-06-19 Guy Hermans Sequences d'acides amines qui modulent l'interaction entre des cellules du systeme immunitaire
NZ629273A (en) 2006-12-27 2015-02-27 Harvard College Compositions and methods for the treatment of infections and tumors
AU2008293885A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-03-05 The John Hopkins University B7-DC variants
US20090028857A1 (en) 2007-07-23 2009-01-29 Cell Genesys, Inc. Pd-1 antibodies in combination with a cytokine-secreting cell and methods of use thereof
WO2009018386A1 (fr) 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Medimmune, Llc Protéines de liaison à épitope multispécifiques et leurs utilisations
US9243052B2 (en) 2007-08-17 2016-01-26 Daniel Olive Method for treating and diagnosing hematologic malignancies
EP2195342A1 (fr) 2007-09-07 2010-06-16 Ablynx N.V. Molécules de liaison présentant plusieurs sites de liaison, compositions comprenant de telles molécules et utilisations de celles-ci
HUE050958T2 (hu) 2008-01-15 2021-01-28 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Akut mieloid leukémia õssejtek markerei
US20110059106A1 (en) 2008-01-29 2011-03-10 Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods for modulating a population of myeloid-derived suppressor cells and uses thereof
US20110044894A1 (en) 2008-03-26 2011-02-24 Cellerant Therapeutics, Inc. Immunoglobulin and/or Toll-Like Receptor Proteins Associated with Myelogenous Haematological Proliferative Disorders and Uses Thereof
KR20110014607A (ko) 2008-04-29 2011-02-11 아보트 러보러터리즈 이원 가변 도메인 면역글로불린 및 이의 용도
US20100260668A1 (en) 2008-04-29 2010-10-14 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
CN102036963B (zh) 2008-05-23 2013-08-21 诺瓦提斯公司 作为蛋白酪氨酸激酶抑制剂的喹啉类和喹喔啉类衍生物
CN102112494A (zh) 2008-06-03 2011-06-29 雅培制药有限公司 双重可变结构域免疫球蛋白及其用途
WO2009149189A2 (fr) 2008-06-03 2009-12-10 Abbott Laboratories Immunoglobulines à deux domaines variables et leurs utilisations
US8460886B2 (en) 2008-07-04 2013-06-11 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Use of an efficacy marker for optimizing therapeutic efficacy of an anti-human PD-1 antibody on cancers
BRPI0915448A2 (pt) 2008-07-08 2015-11-10 Abbott Lab imunoglobulinas de domínio variável duplo para prostaglandina e2 e usos das mesmas
PE20110419A1 (es) 2008-08-22 2011-07-13 Novartis Ag Compuestos de pirrolo-pirimidina como inhibidores de cdk
GEP20135849B (en) 2008-09-02 2013-06-10 Novartis Ag Picolinamide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
UA104147C2 (uk) 2008-09-10 2014-01-10 Новартис Аг Похідна піролідиндикарбонової кислоти та її застосування у лікуванні проліферативних захворювань
EP2342229A1 (fr) 2008-09-12 2011-07-13 ISIS Innovation Limited Anticorps spécifiques de pd-1 et leurs utilisations
CA2736816C (fr) 2008-09-12 2018-05-22 Isis Innovation Limited Anticorps specifiques de pd-1 et leurs utilisations
US8552154B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2013-10-08 Emory University Anti-PD-L1 antibodies and uses therefor
KR101050829B1 (ko) 2008-10-02 2011-07-20 서울대학교산학협력단 항 ｐｄ-1 항체 또는 항 ｐｄ-ｌ1 항체를 포함하는 항암제
CA2779436A1 (fr) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Molecules ciblant light et leurs utilisations
WO2010056735A1 (fr) 2008-11-11 2010-05-20 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions et procédés pour inhiber une protéine oncogène pour augmenter l’immunogénicité
CA2744449C (fr) 2008-11-28 2019-01-29 Emory University Procedes pour le traitement d'infections et de tumeurs
US20100233079A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-09-16 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2010065959A1 (fr) * 2008-12-05 2010-06-10 Northeastern University Procédé de préparation de lymphocytes t antitumoraux résistants à l'adénosine pour immunothérapie adoptive
WO2010084999A1 (fr) 2009-01-26 2010-07-29 Protegene, Inc. Agents immunosuppresseurs et agents prophylactiques et thérapeutiques pour des maladies auto-immunes
UA103918C2 (en) 2009-03-02 2013-12-10 Айерем Элелси N-(hetero)aryl, 2-(hetero)aryl-substituted acetamides for use as wnt signaling modulators
TWI541021B (zh) 2009-03-05 2016-07-11 艾伯維有限公司 Ｉｌ－１７結合蛋白
WO2010102278A1 (fr) 2009-03-06 2010-09-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Procédés et compositions permettant de générer et de maintenir des cellules t de régulation
US20120070450A1 (en) 2009-03-24 2012-03-22 Riken Leukemia stem cell markers
AR076508A1 (es) 2009-05-01 2011-06-15 Abbott Lab Inmunoglobulina con dominio variable dual y usos de la misma
CN102458459A (zh) 2009-05-01 2012-05-16 雅培制药有限公司 双重可变结构域免疫球蛋白及其用途
WO2010137654A1 (fr) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 株式会社未来創薬研究所 Composition pharmaceutique contenant un antagoniste d'un ligand de la famille de l'egf en tant que composant
EP2445520A4 (fr) 2009-06-22 2013-03-06 Medimmune Llc Régions fc de synthèse pour une conjugaison spécifique à un site
LT2769737T (lt) 2009-07-20 2017-06-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Anti-ctla4 antikūno derinys su etopozidu, skirtas sinerginiam proliferacinių ligų gydymui
TW201109438A (en) 2009-07-29 2011-03-16 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
JO3002B1 (ar) 2009-08-28 2016-09-05 Irm Llc مركبات و تركيبات كمثبطات كيناز بروتين
JP2013503607A (ja) 2009-09-01 2013-02-04 アボット・ラボラトリーズ 二重可変ドメイン免疫グロブリンおよびその使用
WO2011028952A1 (fr) 2009-09-02 2011-03-10 Xencor, Inc. Compositions et procédés pour une co-liaison bivalente et monovalente simultanée d'antigènes
AU2010296018B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2016-05-05 Genentech, Inc. Coiled coil and/or tether containing protein complexes and uses thereof
WO2011041613A2 (fr) 2009-09-30 2011-04-07 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Immunothérapie combinée pour le traitement du cancer
RU2012119756A (ru) 2009-10-15 2013-11-20 Эбботт Лэборетриз Иммуноглобулины с двумя вариабельными доменами и их применение
UY32979A (es) 2009-10-28 2011-02-28 Abbott Lab Inmunoglobulinas con dominio variable dual y usos de las mismas
CA2778714C (fr) 2009-11-24 2018-02-27 Medimmune Limited Agents de liaison cibles diriges contre b7-h1
JP6184695B2 (ja) 2009-12-04 2017-08-23 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド 多重特異性抗体、抗体アナログ、組成物、及び方法
US8440693B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2013-05-14 Novartis Ag Substituted isoquinolinones and quinazolinones
WO2011091078A2 (fr) 2010-01-19 2011-07-28 Xencor, Inc. Variants d'anticorps possédant une activité complémentaire accrue
US20130202623A1 (en) 2010-02-16 2013-08-08 Nicolas Chomont Pd-1 modulation and uses thereof for modulating hiv replication
TW201134488A (en) 2010-03-11 2011-10-16 Ucb Pharma Sa PD-1 antibodies
CA2791930A1 (fr) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Kerry Louise Tyson Anticorps pd-1
WO2011131472A1 (fr) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Institut Gustave Roussy Composés et leurs utilisations pour induire la mort d'une cellule cancéreuse immunogène chez un sujet
CA2796633C (fr) 2010-04-23 2020-10-27 Genentech, Inc. Production de proteines heteromultimeres
US20110280877A1 (en) 2010-05-11 2011-11-17 Koji Tamada Inhibition of B7-H1/CD80 interaction and uses thereof
AU2011252883B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2015-09-10 Abbvie Inc. IL-1 binding proteins
CA2814155C (fr) 2010-06-11 2019-10-22 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Anticorps anti-tim-3
UY33492A (es) 2010-07-09 2012-01-31 Abbott Lab Inmunoglobulinas con dominio variable dual y usos de las mismas
WO2012018538A2 (fr) 2010-07-26 2012-02-09 Schering Corporation Bio-essais pour la détermination de la modulation de pd-1
EP3252072A3 (fr) 2010-08-03 2018-03-14 AbbVie Inc. Immunoglobuline à double domaine variable et ses utilisations
BR112013004012B1 (pt) 2010-08-20 2021-03-23 Novartis Ag Anticorpo monoclonal isolado ou fragmento de ligação ao antígeno do mesmo ao receptor her3, seu uso e composição farmacêutica
WO2012027570A2 (fr) 2010-08-26 2012-03-01 Abbott Laboratories Immunoglobulines à deux domaines variables et leurs utilisations
US9155802B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2015-10-13 Symphogen A/S Pan-HER antibody composition
RU2013125479A (ru) 2010-11-02 2014-12-10 Эбботт Лэборетриз Иммуноглобулины с двумя вариабельными доменами и их применение
AR083705A1 (es) 2010-11-04 2013-03-13 Abbott Lab Inmunoglobulinas con dominio variable dual y usos de las mismas
WO2012064733A2 (fr) 2010-11-09 2012-05-18 Medimmune, Llc Échafaudage d'anticorps pour conjugaison homogène
NZ612512A (en) 2010-12-09 2015-03-27 Univ Pennsylvania Use of chimeric antigen receptor-modified t cells to treat cancer
WO2012088290A2 (fr) 2010-12-22 2012-06-28 Abbott Laboratories Protéines de liaison à trois domaines variables et leurs utilisations
EP2654792A4 (fr) 2010-12-22 2016-05-11 Abbvie Inc Protéines de liaison à une demi-immunoglobuline et leurs utilisations
US8814630B2 (en) 2011-01-04 2014-08-26 Carl T. Rittberger PVC beehive
EP2670776B1 (fr) 2011-02-04 2018-11-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Variantes génétiques de fc et leurs procédés de production
WO2012135408A1 (fr) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations stables d'anticorps dirigés contre le récepteur humain pd-1 de la mort programmée et traitements associés
ES2669310T3 (es) 2011-04-20 2018-05-24 Medimmune, Llc Anticuerpos y otras moléculas que se unen con B7-H1 y PD-1
WO2012162561A2 (fr) 2011-05-24 2012-11-29 Zyngenia, Inc. Complexes plurispécifiques multivalents et monovalents, et leurs utilisations
WO2012177788A1 (fr) 2011-06-20 2012-12-27 La Jolla Institute For Allergy And Immunology Modulateurs de 4-1bb et réponses immunitaires
JP6238459B2 (ja) 2011-08-01 2017-11-29 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Ｐｄ−１軸結合アンタゴニストとｍｅｋ阻害剤を使用する癌の治療方法
WO2013043647A1 (fr) 2011-09-19 2013-03-28 The Johns Hopkins University Immunothérapie anticancéreuse
CN104011076A (zh) 2011-10-31 2014-08-27 默沙东公司 用于制备具有改善性能的抗体的方法
PT2785375T (pt) 2011-11-28 2020-10-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Anticorpos anti-pd-l1 e usos destes
GB201120527D0 (en) 2011-11-29 2012-01-11 Ucl Business Plc Method
CN102492038B (zh) 2011-12-09 2014-05-28 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院基础医学研究所 抗人Tim-3的中和性单克隆抗体L3D及其用途
WO2013169693A1 (fr) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Méthodes destinées à traiter le cancer à l'aide d'un polypeptide il-21 et d'un anticorps anti-pd-1
SG10201700698WA (en) 2012-05-15 2017-02-27 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Cancer immunotherapy by disrupting pd-1/pd-l1 signaling
EP2854843A4 (fr) 2012-05-31 2016-06-01 Sorrento Therapeutics Inc Protéines liant un antigène qui lient pd-l1
ES2742379T3 (es) 2012-05-31 2020-02-14 Hoffmann La Roche Procedimientos de tratamiento del cáncer usando antagonistas de unión al eje de PD-1 y antagonistas de VEGF
JO3300B1 (ar) 2012-06-06 2018-09-16 Novartis Ag مركبات وتركيبات لتعديل نشاط egfr
AR091649A1 (es) 2012-07-02 2015-02-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Optimizacion de anticuerpos que se fijan al gen de activacion de linfocitos 3 (lag-3) y sus usos
KR20150038241A (ko) 2012-07-27 2015-04-08 노파르티스 아게 Jak/stat 억제제에 대한 치료 반응의 예측
AU2013296919A1 (en) 2012-07-30 2015-01-22 Alex Wah Hin Yeung Cancer vaccine comprises tumor cells, an oncolytic virus vector and/or an immune checkpoint modulator
EP2879709B1 (fr) 2012-07-31 2020-01-08 The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. Modulation de la réponse immunitaire
US9845356B2 (en) 2012-08-03 2017-12-19 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Single agent anti-PD-L1 and PD-L2 dual binding antibodies and methods of use
WO2014047350A1 (fr) 2012-09-20 2014-03-27 Morningside Technology Ventures Ltd. Virus oncolytique codant pour des agents de liaison de pd-1 et ses utilisations
RS56624B1 (sr) 2012-10-02 2018-03-30 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Kombinacija anti-kir antitela i anti-pd-1 antitela u lečenju kancera
WO2014055897A2 (fr) 2012-10-04 2014-04-10 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Anticorps monoclonaux humains anti pd-l1 et procédés d'utilisation
CN104994850A (zh) 2012-11-08 2015-10-21 诺华股份有限公司 包含b-raf抑制剂和组蛋白脱乙酰基酶抑制剂的药物组合以及其在治疗增生性疾病中的用途
JP2016501221A (ja) 2012-11-28 2016-01-18 ノバルティス アーゲー 併用療法
AR093984A1 (es) 2012-12-21 2015-07-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Anticuerpos que se unen a ligando 1 de muerte programada (pd-l1) humano
WO2014165082A2 (fr) 2013-03-13 2014-10-09 Medimmune, Llc Anticorps et procédés de détection
US20160084839A1 (en) 2013-04-02 2016-03-24 Marisa Dolled-Filhart Immunohistochemical assay for detecting expression of programmed death ligand 1 (pd-l1) in tumor tissue
PT2992017T (pt) 2013-05-02 2021-01-29 Anaptysbio Inc Anticorpos dirigidos contra a morte programada 1 (pd-1)
JP6603209B2 (ja) * 2013-05-10 2019-11-06 ホワイトヘッド・インスティテュート・フォー・バイオメディカル・リサーチ ソルターゼ（Ｓｏｒｔａｓｅ）を用いた生存細胞のタンパク質修飾
LT2996473T (lt) 2013-05-18 2019-12-10 Aduro Biotech Inc Kompozicijos ir būdai, skirti aktyvuoti nuo "interferono geno stimuliatoriaus" priklausomą signalinį kelią
CN103242448B (zh) 2013-05-27 2015-01-14 郑州大学 一种全人源化抗pd-1单克隆抗体及其制备方法和应用
WO2014195852A1 (fr) 2013-06-03 2014-12-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Combinaisons d'un anticorps anti-pd-l1 et d'un inhibiteur de mek et/ou d'un inhibiteur de braf
US20140378401A1 (en) 2013-06-21 2014-12-25 Gnt, Llc Ophthalmic Lipophilic and Hydrophilic Drug Delivery Vehicle Formulations
US9873740B2 (en) 2013-07-16 2018-01-23 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treating cancer using PD-1 axis binding antagonists and TIGIT inhibitors
AR097306A1 (es) 2013-08-20 2016-03-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Modulación de la inmunidad tumoral
RU2705795C2 (ru) 2013-08-20 2019-11-12 Мерк Шарп И Доум Корп. Лечение рака комбинацией антагониста pd-1 и динациклиба
US10077305B2 (en) 2013-09-10 2018-09-18 Medimmune Limited Antibodies against PD-1 and uses thereof
WO2015036499A1 (fr) 2013-09-11 2015-03-19 Medimmune Limited Anticorps anti-b7-h1 destinés au traitement de tumeurs
AR097584A1 (es) 2013-09-12 2016-03-23 Hoffmann La Roche Terapia de combinación de anticuerpos contra el csf-1r humano y anticuerpos contra el pd-l1 humano
EP4130044A1 (fr) 2013-09-13 2023-02-08 BeiGene Switzerland GmbH Anticorps anti-pd1 et leur utilisation en tant qu'agents thérapeutiques et de diagnostic
KR20240033088A (ko) 2013-09-20 2024-03-12 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 종양을 치료하기 위한 항-lag-3 항체 및 항-pd-1 항체의 조합물
EP3049442A4 (fr) 2013-09-26 2017-06-28 Costim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Méthodes de traitement de cancers hématologiques
EP3626742A1 (fr) 2013-09-27 2020-03-25 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Formulations d'anticorps anti-pdl1
CA2926856A1 (fr) 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Anticorps monoclonaux anti-pd-l1 et fragments de ceux-ci
US20150125386A1 (en) 2013-11-05 2015-05-07 Immunomedics, Inc. Humanized anti-ceacam5 antibody and uses thereof
KR20160079114A (ko) 2013-11-11 2016-07-05 아르모 바이오사이언시스 인코포레이티드 질환 및 장애를 치료하기 위한 인터류킨-10을 사용하는 방법
KR102362803B1 (ko) 2013-11-25 2022-02-14 페임웨이브 리미티드 암 치료를 위한 항-ceacam1 및 항-pd 항체를 포함하는 조성물
WO2015081158A1 (fr) 2013-11-26 2015-06-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procédé de traitement du vih par perturbation de la signalisation pd-1/pd-l1
WO2015088847A1 (fr) 2013-12-11 2015-06-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc Traitement du cancer avec une combinaison d'un antagoniste de pd-1 et un inhibiteur de vegfr
RS59480B1 (sr) 2013-12-12 2019-12-31 Shanghai hengrui pharmaceutical co ltd Pd-1 antitelo, njegov fragment koji se vezuje na antigen, i njegova medicinska primena
US9045545B1 (en) 2014-07-15 2015-06-02 Kymab Limited Precision medicine by targeting PD-L1 variants for treatment of cancer
AU2014364606A1 (en) 2013-12-17 2016-07-07 Genentech, Inc. Combination therapy comprising OX40 binding agonists and PD-1 axis binding antagonists
NZ721908A (en) 2013-12-20 2022-12-23 Massachusetts Gen Hospital Combination therapy with neoantigen vaccine
CA2935375C (fr) 2014-01-06 2023-08-08 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Anticorps pd1 et pdl1 et combinaisons de vaccin et utilisation de celles-ci pour l'immunotherapie
CA3193936A1 (fr) 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 Kadmon Corporation, Llc Agents immunomodulateurs
TWI680138B (zh) 2014-01-23 2019-12-21 美商再生元醫藥公司 抗ｐｄ-ｌ１之人類抗體
TWI681969B (zh) 2014-01-23 2020-01-11 美商再生元醫藥公司 針對ｐｄ-１的人類抗體
JOP20200094A1 (ar) 2014-01-24 2017-06-16 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc جزيئات جسم مضاد لـ pd-1 واستخداماتها
CA2974651A1 (fr) 2014-01-24 2015-07-30 Children's Hospital Of Eastern Ontario Research Institute Inc. Polytherapie anticancereuse a base de smc
JOP20200096A1 (ar) 2014-01-31 2017-06-16 Children’S Medical Center Corp جزيئات جسم مضاد لـ tim-3 واستخداماتها
RU2744880C1 (ru) 2014-02-04 2021-03-16 Инсайт Корпорейшн Комбинация антагониста pd-1 и ингибитора ido1 для лечения рака
EP3102233A4 (fr) 2014-02-05 2017-11-22 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Procédés et compositions pour le traitement du cancer et de maladies infectieuses
CA2934979A1 (fr) 2014-02-10 2015-08-13 Merck Patent Gmbh Inhibition ciblee de facteur de croissance de transformation beta (tgf?)
EP3114144A1 (fr) 2014-03-05 2017-01-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Traitement du cancer du rein à l'aide d'une combinaison d'un anticorps anti-pd-1 et d'un autre agent anticancéreux
LT3116909T (lt) 2014-03-14 2020-02-10 Novartis Ag Antikūno molekulės prieš lag-3 ir jų panaudojimas
CA2949121A1 (fr) 2014-05-15 2015-11-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Traitement du cancer du poumon a l'aide d'une combinaison d'un anticorps anti-pd-1 et d'un autre agent anticancereux
JP6666905B2 (ja) 2014-05-29 2020-03-18 スプリング バイオサイエンス コーポレーション Ｐｄ−ｌ１抗体及びその使用
WO2015195163A1 (fr) 2014-06-20 2015-12-23 R-Pharm Overseas, Inc. Anticorps totalement humain anti-pd-l1
KR102130600B1 (ko) 2014-07-03 2020-07-08 베이진 엘티디 Pd-l1 항체와 이를 이용한 치료 및 진단
EP3712171A1 (fr) 2014-08-19 2020-09-23 Novartis AG Traitement du cancer à l'aide d'un récepteur d'antigène chimérique cd123
JO3663B1 (ar) 2014-08-19 2020-08-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme الأجسام المضادة لمضاد lag3 وأجزاء ربط الأنتيجين
EP3659621A1 (fr) 2014-09-13 2020-06-03 Novartis AG Polythérapies contre le cancer
US20170209574A1 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-07-27 Novartis Ag Combination therapies
PE20171067A1 (es) 2014-10-14 2017-07-24 Novartis Ag Moleculas de anticuerpo que se unen a pd-l1 y usos de las mismas
TWI711463B (zh) 2014-10-29 2020-12-01 美商戊瑞治療有限公司 用於癌症之組合療法
US20170320954A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2017-11-09 Medimmune Limited Therapeutic combinations and methods for treating neoplasia
TWI595006B (zh) 2014-12-09 2017-08-11 禮納特神經系統科學公司 抗ｐｄ－１抗體類和使用彼等之方法
US20170340733A1 (en) 2014-12-19 2017-11-30 Novartis Ag Combination therapies
MA41867A (fr) 2015-04-01 2018-02-06 Anaptysbio Inc Anticorps dirigés contre l'immunoglobuline de cellule t et protéine 3 de mucine (tim-3)
US10478494B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2019-11-19 Astex Therapeutics Ltd FGFR/PD-1 combination therapy for the treatment of cancer
BR112017021688A2 (pt) 2015-04-17 2018-08-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company composições compreendendo uma combinação de um anticorpo anti-pd-1 e outro anticorpo
BR112018000768A2 (pt) 2015-07-13 2018-09-25 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc anticorpos anti-pd-1, anticorpos anti-pd-1 ativáveis e métodos de uso dos mesmos
ES2878188T3 (es) 2015-07-29 2021-11-18 Novartis Ag Terapias de combinación que comprenden moléculas de anticuerpos contra LAG-3
WO2017019897A1 (fr) 2015-07-29 2017-02-02 Novartis Ag Polythérapies comprenant des molécules d'anticorps contre tim -3
EP3328407A1 (fr) 2015-07-29 2018-06-06 Novartis AG Combinaison d'antagoniste de pd-1 et d'un inhibiteur d'egfr
TN2017000554A1 (en) 2015-07-29 2019-04-12 Novartis Ag Novel combination for use in the treatment of cancer
CN108025051B (zh) 2015-07-29 2021-12-24 诺华股份有限公司 包含抗pd-1抗体分子的联合疗法
AR105654A1 (es) 2015-08-24 2017-10-25 Lilly Co Eli Anticuerpos pd-l1 (ligando 1 de muerte celular programada)
RS61029B1 (sr) 2015-12-07 2020-12-31 Merck Patent Gmbh Vodena formulacija koja sadrži avelumab antitelo na pd-1
MX2018007423A (es) 2015-12-17 2018-11-09 Novartis Ag Moleculas de anticuerpo que se unen a pd-1 y usos de las mismas.
RU2018140960A (ru) 2016-04-25 2020-05-26 МЕДИММЬЮН, ЭлЭлСи Композиции, содержащие комбинированный состав на основе антител к pd-l1 и ctla-4
KR20240007717A (ko) 2017-02-14 2024-01-16 노파르티스 아게 Wnt 억제제 및 항-pd-1 항체 분자의 조합 투여 일정
CA3066747A1 (fr) 2017-06-27 2019-01-03 Novartis Ag Regimes posologiques pour anticorps anti-tim3 et leurs utilisations
JP2020527572A (ja) 2017-07-20 2020-09-10 ノバルティス アーゲー 抗ｌａｇ−３抗体の投薬量レジメンおよびその使用
WO2019018640A1 (fr) 2017-07-21 2019-01-24 Novartis Ag Régimes posologiques pour anticorps anti-gitr et utilisations associées
CA3081602A1 (fr) 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Novartis Ag Polytherapies
CN111868088A (zh) 2018-03-20 2020-10-30 诺华股份有限公司 药物组合
US20210147547A1 (en) 2018-04-13 2021-05-20 Novartis Ag Dosage Regimens For Anti-Pd-L1 Antibodies And Uses Thereof
US20200369762A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-11-26 Novartis Ag Use of il-1beta binding antibodies
US20220306737A1 (en) 2019-09-16 2022-09-29 Novartis Ag Use of high-affinity, ligand-blocking, humanized anti-t-cell immunoglobulin domain and mucin domain-3 (tim-3) igg4 antibody for the treatment of myelofibrosis
BR112022007376A2 (pt) 2019-10-21 2022-07-05 Novartis Ag Terapias de combinação com venetoclax e inibidores de tim-3
JP2022553306A (ja) 2019-10-21 2022-12-22 ノバルティス アーゲー Ｔｉｍ－３阻害剤およびその使用
BR112022011902A2 (pt) 2019-12-20 2022-09-06 Novartis Ag Terapias de combinação
CA3167413A1 (fr) 2020-01-17 2021-07-22 Novartis Ag Polytherapies comprenant un inhibiteur tim-3 et un agent d'hypomethylation a utiliser dans le traitement du syndrome myelodysplasique ou de la leucemie myelomonocytaire chronique
CN117321418A (zh) 2021-03-18 2023-12-29 诺华股份有限公司 癌症生物标志物及其使用方法

Patent Citations (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4179337A (en) 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
US4340535A (en) 1978-09-28 1982-07-20 C M Industries Cytotoxic products formed by covalent bonding of the A chain of ricin with an antibody and the process for their preparation and use
US4301144A (en) 1979-07-11 1981-11-17 Ajinomoto Company, Incorporated Blood substitute containing modified hemoglobin
EP0044167A2 (fr) 1980-07-14 1982-01-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Agent cytotoxique dirigé par un anticorps
EP0045665A1 (fr) 1980-08-06 1982-02-10 Aktiebolaget Hässle Inhibiteurs d'enzymes
US4474893A (en) 1981-07-01 1984-10-02 The University of Texas System Cancer Center Recombinant monoclonal antibodies
US4640835A (en) 1981-10-30 1987-02-03 Nippon Chemiphar Company, Ltd. Plasminogen activator derivatives
US4522811A (en) 1982-07-08 1985-06-11 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides
EP0125023A1 (fr) 1983-04-08 1984-11-14 Genentech, Inc. Préparations d'immunoglobuline recombinante, méthodes pour leur préparation, séquences d'ADN, vecteurs d'expression et cellules d'hôtes recombinantes
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4496689A (en) 1983-12-27 1985-01-29 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Covalently attached complex of alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor with a water soluble polymer
EP0171496A2 (fr) 1984-08-15 1986-02-19 Research Development Corporation of Japan Procédé pour la production d'un anticorps monoclonal chimérique
EP0173494A2 (fr) 1984-08-27 1986-03-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Récepteurs chimériques par liaison et expression de l'ADN
WO1986001533A1 (fr) 1984-09-03 1986-03-13 Celltech Limited Production d'anticorps chimeriques
EP0184187A2 (fr) 1984-12-04 1986-06-11 Teijin Limited Chaîne lourde d'immunoglobuline chimère souris-humaine et chimère de l'ADN codant celle-ci
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683202B1 (fr) 1985-03-28 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US4670417A (en) 1985-06-19 1987-06-02 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Hemoglobin combined with a poly(alkylene oxide)
US5229496A (en) 1985-08-06 1993-07-20 Immunex Corporation Analogs of human granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
US5391485A (en) 1985-08-06 1995-02-21 Immunex Corporation DNAs encoding analog GM-CSF molecules displaying resistance to proteases which cleave at adjacent dibasic residues
US5393870A (en) 1985-08-06 1995-02-28 Immunex Corporation Analogs of human granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
US4999291A (en) 1985-08-23 1991-03-12 Amgen Inc. Production of human pluripotent granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
US5580755A (en) 1985-08-23 1996-12-03 Amgen Inc. Human pluripotent granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
US4810643A (en) 1985-08-23 1989-03-07 Kirin- Amgen Inc. Production of pluripotent granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
WO1987005330A1 (fr) 1986-03-07 1987-09-11 Michel Louis Eugene Bergh Procede pour ameliorer la stabilite des glycoproteines
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US4791192A (en) 1986-06-26 1988-12-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified protein with polyethyleneglycol
US5093246A (en) 1986-12-03 1992-03-03 University Patents, Inc. Rna ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribo-nucleases and methods
WO1988004300A1 (fr) 1986-12-03 1988-06-16 University Patents, Inc. Polymerases de ribozyme d'arn, dephosphorylases endoribonucleases de restriction et procedes
WO1988009810A1 (fr) 1987-06-11 1988-12-15 Synthetic Genetics Nouveaux conjugues d'acide nucleique amphiphile
US4843155A (en) 1987-11-19 1989-06-27 Piotr Chomczynski Product and process for isolating RNA
WO1989010134A1 (fr) 1988-04-25 1989-11-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Peptides chimeriques d'administration de neuropeptides a travers la barriere vasculaire du cerveau
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
WO1990002809A1 (fr) 1988-09-02 1990-03-22 Protein Engineering Corporation Production et selection de proteines de liaison diversifiees de recombinaison
US5176996A (en) 1988-12-20 1993-01-05 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
WO1990011364A1 (fr) 1989-03-24 1990-10-04 University Patents, Inc. Procede et endoribonucleases de restriction de ribozymes d'arn
US5328470A (en) 1989-03-31 1994-07-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatment of diseases by site-specific instillation of cells or site-specific transformation of cells and kits therefor
US5256775A (en) 1989-06-05 1993-10-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5580756A (en) 1990-03-26 1996-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. B7Ig fusion protein
WO1991017271A1 (fr) 1990-05-01 1991-11-14 Affymax Technologies N.V. Procedes de triage de banques d'adn recombine
WO1992020791A1 (fr) 1990-07-10 1992-11-26 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methode de production de chainons de paires de liaison specifique
WO1992001047A1 (fr) 1990-07-10 1992-01-23 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Procede de production de chainon de paires a liaison specifique
US5959084A (en) 1990-10-29 1999-09-28 Chiron Corporation Bispecific antibodies, methods of production and uses thereof
WO1992009690A2 (fr) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Methode d'enrichissement pour des variantes de l'hormone de croissance avec des proprietes de liaison modifiees
WO1992015679A1 (fr) 1991-03-01 1992-09-17 Protein Engineering Corporation Phage de visualisation d'un determinant antigenique ameliore
WO1992018619A1 (fr) 1991-04-10 1992-10-29 The Scripps Research Institute Banques de recepteurs heterodimeres utilisant des phagemides
US5871907A (en) 1991-05-15 1999-02-16 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5434131A (en) 1991-06-27 1995-07-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co. Chimeric CTLA4 receptor and methods for its use
US5844095A (en) 1991-06-27 1998-12-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company CTLA4 Ig fusion proteins
WO1993001288A1 (fr) 1991-07-08 1993-01-21 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Phagemide utile pour trier des anticorps
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5776427A (en) 1992-03-05 1998-07-07 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for targeting the vasculature of solid tumors
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
WO1994002610A1 (fr) 1992-07-17 1994-02-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute Procede de liaison intracellulaire de molecules cibles
WO1994011026A2 (fr) 1992-11-13 1994-05-26 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Application therapeutique d'anticorps chimeriques et radio-marques contre l'antigene a differentiation restreinte des lymphocytes b humains pour le traitement du lymphome des cellules b
US5528823A (en) 1992-12-24 1996-06-25 The Whitaker Corporation Method for retaining wires in a current mode coupler
WO1994029436A1 (fr) 1993-06-04 1994-12-22 The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Procedes de stimulation selective de la proliferation des lymphocytes t
WO1995003832A1 (fr) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Thomas Jefferson University Immunisation intracellulaire
US5798229A (en) 1993-08-02 1998-08-25 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Bispecific molecules recognizing lymphocyte antigen CD2 and tumor antigens
US5698520A (en) 1994-03-01 1997-12-16 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Peptide related to human programmed cell death and DNA encoding the same
US5811097A (en) 1995-07-25 1998-09-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Blockade of T lymphocyte down-regulation associated with CTLA-4 signaling
US5989830A (en) 1995-10-16 1999-11-23 Unilever Patent Holdings Bv Bifunctional or bivalent antibody fragment analogue
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
WO1997028267A1 (fr) 1996-02-02 1997-08-07 Repligen Corporation Anticorps et proteines de fusion d'immunoglobuline presentant des fonctions d'effecteur modifiees et leurs utilisations
US7138144B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2006-11-21 Nadir Askenasy Method of inducing immune tolerance via blood/lymph flow-restricted bone marrow transplantation
US20100028330A1 (en) 2002-12-23 2010-02-04 Medimmune Limited Methods of upmodulating adaptive immune response using anti-pd1 antibodies
US20130183688A1 (en) 2003-10-03 2013-07-18 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Tim-3 ligands and methods thereof
US8008449B2 (en) 2005-05-09 2011-08-30 Medarex, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to programmed death 1 (PD-1) and methods for treating cancer using anti-PD-1 antibodies alone or in combination with other immunotherapeutics
WO2006121168A1 (fr) 2005-05-09 2006-11-16 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Anticorps monoclonaux humains pour mort programmee 1 (mp-1) et procedes pour traiter le cancer en utilisant des anticorps anti-mp-1 seuls ou associes a d’autres immunotherapies
WO2007005874A2 (fr) 2005-07-01 2007-01-11 Medarex, Inc. Anticorps monoclonaux humains diriges contre un ligand de mort programmee de type 1(pd-l1)
US7943743B2 (en) 2005-07-01 2011-05-17 Medarex, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to programmed death ligand 1 (PD-L1)
US20100233183A1 (en) 2007-04-30 2010-09-16 Frederic Triebel Cytotoxic anti-lag-3 monoclonal antibody and its use in the treatment or prevention of organ transplant rejection and autoimmune disease
US8354509B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2013-01-15 Msd Oss B.V. Antibodies to human programmed death receptor PD-1
US20090053224A1 (en) 2007-08-02 2009-02-26 Arresto Biosciences Lox and loxl2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2009101611A1 (fr) 2008-02-11 2009-08-20 Curetech Ltd. Anticorps monoclonaux pour le traitement de tumeurs
WO2009114335A2 (fr) 2008-03-12 2009-09-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Protéines de liaison avec pd-1
US20110150892A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2011-06-23 Medarex, Inc. Human antibodies that bind lymphocyte activation gene-3 (lag-3) and uses thereof
WO2010027827A2 (fr) 2008-08-25 2010-03-11 Amplimmune, Inc. Polypeptides co-stimulateurs ciblés et leurs procédés d'utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
US20120114649A1 (en) 2008-08-25 2012-05-10 Amplimmune, Inc. Delaware Compositions of pd-1 antagonists and methods of use
US8609089B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2013-12-17 Amplimmune, Inc. Compositions of PD-1 antagonists and methods of use
WO2010077634A1 (fr) 2008-12-09 2010-07-08 Genentech, Inc. Anticorps anti-pd-l1 et leur utilisation pour améliorer la fonction des lymphocytes t
US20120039906A1 (en) 2009-02-09 2012-02-16 INSER (Institut National de la Recherche Medicale) PD-1 Antibodies and PD-L1 Antibodies and Uses Thereof
EP2417984A1 (fr) * 2009-04-10 2012-02-15 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Procédé pour le traitement d'une tumeur sanguine utilisant un anticorps anti-tim-3
US8602269B2 (en) 2009-09-14 2013-12-10 Guala Dispensing S.P.A. Trigger sprayer
WO2011066342A2 (fr) 2009-11-24 2011-06-03 Amplimmune, Inc. Inhibition simultanée de pd-l1/pd-l2
WO2011159877A2 (fr) * 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Anticorps di-spécifiques anti-tim-3 et pd-1 pour immunothérapie dans des états pathologiques immuns chroniques
US20130156774A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2013-06-20 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Bi-specific antibodies against tim-3 and pd-1 for immunotherapy in chronic immune conditions
WO2012177624A2 (fr) 2011-06-21 2012-12-27 The Johns Hopkins University Rayonnement focalisé pour améliorer les thérapies basées sur l'immunité contre les néoplasmes
WO2013006490A2 (fr) * 2011-07-01 2013-01-10 Cellerant Therapeutics, Inc. Anticorps se liant spécifiquement à tim3
US20130239239A1 (en) 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 Academia Sinica Lmcd1 cancer markers and methods for their use

Non-Patent Citations (185)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"GenBank", Database accession no. NP_054862.1
"Monoclonal Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy", 1985, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy", pages: 303 16
"Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy", July 1999, PLENUM PUB CORP
ALMQUIST, R. G. ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 37, 1994, pages 1233 - 1398
ANDERSON ANA CARRIZOSA: "Tim-3, a negative regulator of anti-tumor immunity.", CURRENT OPINION IN IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 24, no. 2, April 2012 (2012-04-01), pages 213 - 216, XP002767110, ISSN: 1879-0372 *
ARNON ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy", 1985, ALAN R. LISS, INC., article "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", pages: 243 56 - 96
BAIXERAS ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 176, 1992, pages 327 - 337
BARBAS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 88, 1991, pages 7978 - 7982
BEEN ET AL., CELL, vol. 47, 1986, pages 207 - 216
BEERLI, R. R. ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 204, 1994, pages 666 - 672
BEERLI, R. R. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 269, 1994, pages 23931 - 23936
BEIDLER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 141, 1988, pages 4053 - 4060
BENSON D M ET AL: "The PD-1/PD-L1 axis modulates the natural killer cell versus multiple myeloma effect: a therapeutic target for CT-011, a novel monoclonal anti-PD-1 antibody", BLOOD, vol. 116, no. 13, 30 September 2010 (2010-09-30), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEMATOLOGY, US, pages 2286 - 2294, XP002685329, ISSN: 0006-4971, [retrieved on 20100511], DOI: 10.1182/BLOOD-2010-02-271874 *
BINH L. PHONG ET AL: "Tim-3 enhances Fc[epsilon]RI-proximal signaling to modulate mast cell activation", THE JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE, vol. 212, no. 13, 23 November 2015 (2015-11-23), US, pages 2289 - 2304, XP055744927, ISSN: 0022-1007, DOI: 10.1084/jem.20150388 *
BIOCCA, S. ET AL., BIOTECHNOLOGY (NY, vol. 12, 1994, pages 396 - 399
BIOCCA, S. ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 9, 1990, pages 101 - 108
BREITZ, CANCER BIOTHER RADIOPHARM., vol. 17, 2002, pages 119
BROWN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 255, 1980, pages 4980 - 83
BROWN ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 127, 1981, pages 539 - 46
BRUMMELKAMP ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 296, 2002, pages 550 - 553
BRUNET ET AL., NATURE, vol. 328, 1987, pages 267 - 270
BUTTE ET AL., IMMUNITY, vol. 27, 2007, pages 111
CARLSON, J. R., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 8, 1988, pages 2638 - 2646
CARRELL ET AL., ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED. ENGL., vol. 33, 1994, pages 2061
CASATI ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 66, 2006, pages 4450 - 4460
CEERAZ ET AL., TRENDS IMMUNOL., 13 August 2013 (2013-08-13)
CHAIKEN L. M., CRC CRIT. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 11, 1981, pages 255
CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS, Columbus, Ohio, US; abstract no. 477202-00-9
CHEN, S-Y. ET AL., HUM. GENE THER., vol. 5, 1994, pages 595 - 601
CHEN, S-Y. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 91, 1994, pages 11422 - 3057
CHIRGWIN ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 18, 1979, pages 5294 - 5299
CLARKSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 354, 1991, pages 624 - 628
COBURNCULLEN, J. VIROL., vol. 76, no. 18, 2002, pages 9225
CRISTINA CARVALHO ET AL: "Doxorubicin: the good, the bad and the ugly effect", CURR MED CHEM, vol. 16, no. 25, 1 September 2009 (2009-09-01), pages 3267 - 3285, XP055744925 *
CULL ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 1865 - 1869
DELAGRAVE ET AL., PROTEIN ENG., vol. 6, no. 3, 1993, pages 327 - 331
DRAKE ET AL., J. CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 24, 2006, pages 2573
DRITSCHILOSHERMAN, ENVIRON. HEALTH PERSPECT., vol. 39, 1981, pages 59
E. MEYERSW. MILLER, CABIOS, vol. 4, 1989, pages 11 - 17
EGLOM ET AL., NATURE, vol. 365, 1993, pages 566 - 556
EL MIRTRIEBEL, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 164, 2000, pages 5583 - 5589
ELBASHIR ET AL., NATURE, vol. 411, 2001, pages 494 - 498
EVANS ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 152, 1987, pages 1229
FAUCHERE, ADV. DRUG RES., vol. 15, 1986, pages 29
FELICI, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 301 - 310
FREEMAN ET AL., IMMUNOL. REV., vol. 235, 2010, pages 172 - 89
FREEMAN ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 192, 2000, pages 1027
FREEMAN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 261, 1993, pages 1303 - 909
GALFRE, G. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 266, 1977, pages 55052
GARRARD ET AL., BIOTECHNOLOGY (NY, vol. 9, 1991, pages 1373 - 1377
GAUTIER ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 15, 1987, pages 6131 - 6148
GEFTER, M. L. ET AL., SOMATIC CELL GENET., vol. 3, 1977, pages 231 - 36
GHEBEH HAZEM ET AL: "Doxorubicin downregulates cell surface B7-H1 expression and upregulates its nuclear expression in breast cancer cells: role of B7-H1 as an anti-apoptotic molecule", BREAST CANCER RESEARCH, CURRENT MEDICINE GROUP LTD, GB, vol. 12, no. 4, 13 July 2010 (2010-07-13), pages R48, XP021085360, ISSN: 1465-5411, DOI: 10.1186/BCR2605 *
GOLDEN-MASON ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 83, 2009, pages 9122 - 9130
GRIFFITHS ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 12, 1993, pages 725 - 734
GUATELLI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 87, 1990, pages 6378 - 6382
HALLETT ET AL., BIOL. BLOOD MARROW TRANSPLANT., vol. 17, 2011, pages 1133 - 1145
HALLETT WILLIAM H D ET AL: "Immunosuppressive effects of multiple myeloma are overcome by PD-L1 blockade.", BIOLOGY OF BLOOD AND MARROW TRANSPLANTATION : JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR BLOOD AND MARROW TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 17, no. 8, August 2011 (2011-08-01), pages 1133 - 1145, XP002767111, ISSN: 1523-6536 *
HANN, M. M., J. CHEM. SOC. PERKIN TRANS. I., 1982, pages 307 - 314
HASELOFFGERLACH, NATURE, vol. 334, 1988, pages 585 - 591
HASTINGS ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 39, 2009, pages 2492 - 2501
HAWKINS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 226, 1992, pages 889 - 896
HAY ET AL., HUM. ANTIBOD. HYBRIDOMAS, vol. 3, 1992, pages 81 - 85
HELLSTROM ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1992, MARCEL DEKKER, INC., article "Antibodies For Drug Delivery", pages: 623 53
HENRY ET AL., IMMUNOL. TODAY, vol. 20, no. 6, 1999, pages 285 - 8
HOLLADAY, M. W. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 24, 1983, pages 4401 - 4404
HOLLIGER ET AL., NAT. BIOTECH., vol. 23, 2005, pages 1126 - 1136
HOOGENBOOM ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 4133 - 4137
HOUGHTEN, BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 13, 1992, pages 412 - 421
HRUBY, V. J., LIFE SCI., vol. 31, 1982, pages 189 - 199
HUANG ET AL., IMMUNITY, vol. 21, 2004, pages 503 - 513
HUARD ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 3216 - 3221
HUARD ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 26, 1996, pages 1180 - 1186
HUDSON, D. ET AL., INT. J. PEPT. PROT. RES., vol. 14, 1979, pages 177 - 185
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883
IKE ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 11, 1983, pages 477
INOUE ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 215, 1987, pages 327 - 330
IOUZALEN ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 31, 2001, pages 2885 - 2891
ISHIDA ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 11, 1992, pages 3887
ISHIDA ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 11, 1992, pages 3887
ITAKURA ET AL., ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 53, 1984, pages 323
ITAKURA ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 224, 1984, pages 1056 - 578
JAINA PATEL ET AL: "Taming dendritic cells with TIM-3: another immunosuppressive strategy used by tumors", IMMUNOTHERAPY, vol. 4, no. 12, 1 December 2012 (2012-12-01), pages 1795 - 1798, XP055183925, ISSN: 1750-743X, DOI: 10.2217/imt.12.126 *
JENNINGS-WHITE, C. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 23, 1982, pages 2533
JONES ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 205, 2008, pages 2763 - 2779
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 324, 1986, pages 429 - 433
K. SAKUISHI ET AL: "Targeting Tim-3 and PD-1 pathways to reverse T cell exhaustion and restore anti-tumor immunity", JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE, vol. 207, no. 10, 27 September 2010 (2010-09-27), pages 2187 - 2194, XP055052551, ISSN: 0022-1007, DOI: 10.1084/jem.20100643 *
KAISER ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 243, 1989, pages 1275 - 1281
KEARL ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 190, 2013, pages 5620 - 5628
KENT, S. B. H., ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 57, 1988, pages 957
KIPRIYANOV, S.M. ET AL., HUMAN ANTIBODIES AND HYBRIDOMAS, vol. 6, 1995, pages 93 - 101
KIPRIYANOV, S.M. ET AL., MOL. IMMUNOL., vol. 31, 1994, pages 1047 - 1058
KOHLERMILSTEIN, NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 - 497
KOZBOR ET AL., IMMUNOL. TODAY, vol. 4, 1983, pages 72
KROL ET AL., BIOTECH., vol. 6, 1988, pages 958 - 976
KWOH ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 86, 1989, pages 1173 - 1177
LAM, K. S., ANTICANCER DRUG DES., vol. 12, 1997, pages 145
LATCHMAN ET AL., NAT. IMMUNOL., vol. 2, 2001, pages 261
LEITNER ET AL., PLOSPATHOG., vol. 9, 2013, pages e1003253
LEMAITRE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 84, 1987, pages 648 - 652
LENSCHOW ET AL., P.N.A.S., vol. 90, 1993, pages 11054 - 11058
LENSCHOW ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 257, 1992, pages 789 - 792
LERNER, E. A., YALE J. BIOL. MED., vol. 54, 1981, pages 387 - 402
LETSINGER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 86, 1989, pages 6553 - 6556
LI YI ET AL: "Contribution of PD-L1 to oncogenesis of lymphoma and its RNAi-based targeting therapy.", LEUKEMIA & LYMPHOMA, vol. 53, no. 10, October 2012 (2012-10-01), pages 2015 - 2023, XP008183236, ISSN: 1029-2403 *
LIMIT, J. NUCL. MED., vol. 38, 1997, pages 1374
LINSLEY ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 174, 1991, pages 561 - 569
LIU ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 139, 1987, pages 3521 - 3526
LIU ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 84, 1987, pages 3439 - 3443
LIZARDI ET AL., BIO/TECHNOLOGY, vol. 6, 1988, pages 1197
LOKA THANGAMATHESVARAN ET AL: "Immune checkpoint inhibitors and radiotherapy-concept and review of current literature", ANNALS OF TRANSLATIONAL MEDICINE, vol. 6, no. 8, 1 April 2018 (2018-04-01), US, pages 155 - 155, XP055744928, ISSN: 2305-5839, DOI: 10.21037/atm.2018.03.09 *
MACON-LEMAITRETRIEBEL, IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 115, 2005, pages 170 - 178
MAIER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 178, 2007, pages 2714 - 2720
MANNING ET AL., BR. J. CANCER, vol. 66, 1992, pages 1088 - 1093
MARASCO, W. A. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 6909 - 7893
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 554
MCMANUS ET AL., RNA, vol. 8, 2002, pages 842
MERRIFIELD, B., SCIENCE, vol. 231, 1986, pages 470 - 475
MERRIFIELD, J., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 91, 1969, pages 501
MHASHILKAR, A. M. ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 14, 1995, pages 1542 - 1551
MIYAGISHI ET AL., NAT. BIOTECHNOL., vol. 20, 2002, pages 505 - 508
MOCELLIN ET AL., BIOCHIM. BIOPHYS. ACTA, vol. 1836, 2013, pages 187 - 196
MORLEY, J. S., TRENDS PHARM. SCI., 1980, pages 463 - 468
MORRISON, S. L., SCIENCE, vol. 229, 1985, pages 1202 - 1207
NARANG, S. A., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 39, 1983, pages 3
NEEDLEMANWUNSCH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1970, pages 444 - 453
NGIOW ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 71, 2011, pages 3540 - 3551
NIRSCHLDRAKE, CLIN. CANCER RES., 18 July 2013 (2013-07-18)
NISHIMURA ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 47, 1987, pages 999 - 1005
NISHIMURA ET AL., INT. IMMUNOL., vol. 8, 1996, pages 773
OI ET AL., BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 4, 1986, pages 214
OSBOURN ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 16, 1998, pages 778
PADDISON ET AL., GENES DEV., vol. 16, 2002, pages 948 - 958
PARDOLL ET AL., NAT. REV. CANCER, vol. 12, 2012, pages 252 - 264
PATERSON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 187, 2011, pages 1097 - 1105
PERRY-O'KEEFE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 93, 1996, pages 14670
POLJAK, R. J. ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 2, 1994, pages 1121 - 1123
PRIGENT ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 29, 1999, pages 3867 - 3876
Q. ZHOU ET AL: "Coexpression of Tim-3 and PD-1 identifies a CD8+ T-cell exhaustion phenotype in mice with disseminated acute myelogenous leukemia", BLOOD, vol. 117, no. 17, 8 March 2011 (2011-03-08), pages 4501 - 4510, XP055147794, ISSN: 0006-4971, DOI: 10.1182/blood-2010-10-310425 *
RADL ET AL., AM. J. PATHOL., vol. 132, 1988, pages 593 - 597
RICHARDSON, J. H. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 92, 1995, pages 3137 - 3141
RICHTER ET AL., INT. IMMUNOL., vol. 22, 2010, pages 13 - 23
RIZOGIERASCH, ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 61, 1992, pages 387
SANDRA DEMARIA ET AL: "Immune-Mediated Inhibition of Metastases after Treatment with Local Radiation and CTLA-4 Blockade in a Mouse Model of Breast Cancer", CLINICAL CANCER RESEARCH, 15 January 2005 (2005-01-15), United States, pages 728 - 734, XP055744929, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://clincancerres.aacrjournals.org/content/clincanres/11/2/728.full.pdf> *
SARIN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 85, 1988, pages 7448 - 7451
SARVER ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 247, 1990, pages 1222 - 1225
SHAW ET AL., J. NATL. CANCER INST., vol. 80, 1988, pages 1553 - 1559
SHINOHARA ET AL., GENOMICS, vol. 23, 1994, pages 704
SPATOLA, A. F. ET AL., LIFE SCI., vol. 38, 1986, pages 1243 - 1249
SPATOLA, A. F.: "Peptide Backbone Modifications", VEGA DATA, vol. 1, no. 3, March 1983 (1983-03-01)
STAERZ ET AL., NATURE, vol. 316, 1985, pages 354 - 449
STAERZBEVAN, IMMUNOL. TODAY, vol. 7, 1986, pages 241
STAERZBEVAN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 83, 1986, pages 1453
STEIN ET AL., CANCER RES, vol. 48, 1988, pages 2659 - 2668
STEIN ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 16, 1988, pages 3209
STERNA ET AL., J. NEUROIMMUNOL., vol. 7, 1984, pages 27
STEWART ET AL., RNA, vol. 9, no. 4, April 2003 (2003-04-01), pages 493 - 501
SUN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 84, 1987, pages 214 - 218
SWALLOW ET AL., IMMUNITY, vol. 11, 1999, pages 423
TANIGAWA NKERN D HKIKASA YMORTON D L, CANCER RES, vol. 42, 1982, pages 2159 - 2164
THORPE ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications", 1985, article "Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review", pages: 475 506
THORPE: "The Preparation And Cytotoxic Properties Of Antibody-Toxin Conjugates", IMMUNOL. REV., vol. 62, 1982, pages 119 58
TOPALIAN ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 366, 2012, pages 2443 - 2454
TRIEBEL ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 171, 1990, pages 1393 - 1405
TRIEBEL, TRENDS IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 2003, pages 619 - 622
VAN DER KROL ET AL., BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 6, 1988, pages 958 - 976
VEBERFREIDINGER, TINS, 1985, pages 392
VERHOEYAN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 - 1043
VIVIERDAERON, IMMUNOL. TODAY, vol. 18, 1997, pages 286
WAGNER, NATURE, vol. 372, 1994, pages 333
WALUNAS ET AL., IMMUNITY, vol. 1, 1994, pages 405 - 413
WARD ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, 1989, pages 544 - 546
WEIQING JING ET AL: "Combined immune checkpoint protein blockade and low dose whole body irradiation as immunotherapy for myeloma", JOURNAL FOR IMMUNOTHERAPY OF CANCER, BIOMED CENTRAL, LONDON, GB, vol. 3, no. 1, 20 January 2015 (2015-01-20), pages 2, XP021210655, ISSN: 2051-1426, DOI: 10.1186/S40425-014-0043-Z *
WEISENTHAL L M, CONTRIB GYNECOL OBSTET, vol. 19, 1994, pages 82 - 90
WEISENTHAL L MLIPPMAN M E, CANCER TREAT REP, vol. 69, 1985, pages 615 - 632
WEISENTHAL L MSHOEMAKER R HMARSDEN J ADILL P LBAKER J AMORAN E M, CANCER RES, vol. 94, 1984, pages 161 - 173
WERGE, T. M. ET AL., FEBS LETT., vol. 274, 1990, pages 193 - 198
WOLCHOK ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 369, 2013, pages 122 - 133
WORKMANVIGNALI, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 174, 2005, pages 688 - 695
WU ET AL., INT. J. BIOL. SCI., vol. 8, 2012, pages 1420 - 1430
XIA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 20, 2002, pages 1006
YEH ET AL., INT. J. CANCER, vol. 29, 1982, pages 269 - 75
YEH ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 76, 1976, pages 2927 - 31
ZENG ET AL., MOL. CELL, vol. 9, 2002, pages 1327 - 1333
ZON, PHARM. RES., vol. 5, 1988, pages 539 - 549

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2015048312A1 (fr) 2015-04-02
EP3049442A4 (fr) 2017-06-28
EP3049442A1 (fr) 2016-08-03
US11708412B2 (en) 2023-07-25
US20160222121A1 (en) 2016-08-04
US10570204B2 (en) 2020-02-25
US20240043541A1 (en) 2024-02-08
US20200377600A1 (en) 2020-12-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11708412B2 (en) Methods for treating hematologic cancers
US11207393B2 (en) Regulatory T cell PD-1 modulation for regulating T cell effector immune responses
US11926874B2 (en) Methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and treatment of cancer using PD-L1 isoforms
CN111213059B (zh) 用于癌症的诊断和治疗方法
US20220033502A1 (en) METHODS FOR UPREGULATING IMMUNE RESPONSES USING COMBINATIONS OF ANTI-RGMb AND ANTI-PD-1 AGENTS
AU2015206603B9 (en) Compositions and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and treatment of melanoma using PD-L1 isoforms
US20220041726A1 (en) Methods of reducing liver pd-1-expressing cd8+ t cells using pd-1 fc fusion proteins that bind fc receptors
US10066014B2 (en) Anti CD84 antibodies, compositions comprising same and uses thereof
US20200179510A1 (en) Low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 5 inhibition suppresses tumor formation
US20210032334A1 (en) Methods for treating cancer using combinations of anti-btnl2 and immune checkpoint blockade agents
US20160187340A1 (en) Compositions, Kits, and Methods for the Modulation of Immune Responses Using Galectin-1
US20220211848A1 (en) Modulating gabarap to modulate immunogenic cell death
US20220289854A1 (en) Methods for treating cancer using combinations of anti-cx3cr1 and immune checkpoint blockade agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN PUBLISHED

AC Divisional application: reference to earlier application

Ref document number: 3049442

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: P

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: JOHNSON, BRYON, DUANE

Inventor name: MILLMAN, ROBERT

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20210629

RAX Requested extension states of the european patent have changed

Extension state: BA

Payment date: 20210629

Extension state: ME

Payment date: 20210629

RBV Designated contracting states (corrected)

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20230131